WO2020199026A1 - Handoff processing method, user equipment, and network device - Google Patents

Handoff processing method, user equipment, and network device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020199026A1
WO2020199026A1 PCT/CN2019/080648 CN2019080648W WO2020199026A1 WO 2020199026 A1 WO2020199026 A1 WO 2020199026A1 CN 2019080648 W CN2019080648 W CN 2019080648W WO 2020199026 A1 WO2020199026 A1 WO 2020199026A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network device
information
target network
related information
random access
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/080648
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
WO2020199026A9 (en
Inventor
石聪
杨宁
尤心
Original Assignee
Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 filed Critical Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority to CN201980064887.1A priority Critical patent/CN112806061B/en
Priority to PCT/CN2019/080648 priority patent/WO2020199026A1/en
Publication of WO2020199026A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020199026A1/en
Publication of WO2020199026A9 publication Critical patent/WO2020199026A9/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/08Reselecting an access point
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00Hand-off or reselection arrangements

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of information processing technology, and in particular to a handover processing method, User Equipment (UE, User Equipment), network equipment and computer storage media, chips, computer readable storage media, computer program products, and computer programs.
  • UE User Equipment
  • UE User Equipment
  • network equipment and computer storage media
  • chips Computer readable storage media
  • computer program products and computer programs.
  • New Radio Unlicensed (NR-U, New Radio Unlicensed), for downlink transmission, network equipment needs to perform listening before transmission (LBT, Listen Before Talk). If the listening result indicates that the channel is in an occupied state, the network device needs to back off for a period of time according to regulations before continuing to listen to the channel, knowing that the channel listening result is idle, before transmitting data, such as a handover command, to the UE. Since the source network device can be an NR-U network device during the handover process, the network device can only send the handover command when the channel is idle. This leads to the fact that when the handover command is actually issued to the UE, it will follow the target network device to the source network device. There is a long time interval between sending handover commands (Handover Request Acknowledgement (ACK)), causing resource failure.
  • ACK Handover Request Acknowledgement
  • embodiments of the present invention provide a handover processing method, UE, network equipment, and computer storage medium, chip, computer readable storage medium, computer program product, and computer program.
  • a handover processing method is provided, which is applied to a source network device, including:
  • the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information
  • a handover processing method which is applied to a user equipment UE, and the method includes:
  • the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information
  • a handover processing method is provided, which is applied to a source network device, including:
  • the target network device Sending second information to the target network device; wherein the second information is used to assist the target network device in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device, and the UE stored in the target network device determined by the UE The valid duration of the relevant information is the same.
  • a handover processing method is provided, which is applied to a target network device, including:
  • a source network device including:
  • the first communication unit sends the first information to the user equipment UE;
  • the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
  • a UE including:
  • the second communication unit receives the first information sent by the source network device
  • the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
  • a source network device including:
  • the third processing unit selects the switching target network device
  • the third communication unit sends a handover request to the target network device; receives the handover request confirmation information fed back by the target network device; sends second information to the target network device; wherein the second information is used to assist the target network device in determining the location
  • the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device determined by the UE.
  • a target network device including:
  • the fourth communication unit receives the handover request sent by the source network device
  • a handover processing method is provided, which is applied to a target network device, including:
  • the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
  • a target network device including:
  • the fifth communication unit sends the first information to the source network device
  • the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
  • a terminal device including a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the method in the above-mentioned second aspect or each of its implementation modes.
  • a network device including a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the methods in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, or each implementation manner thereof.
  • a chip is provided, which is used to implement any one of the above-mentioned first to fifth aspects or the method in each implementation manner thereof.
  • the chip includes: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from the memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes any one of the first aspect to the fifth aspect or the implementation manners thereof. method.
  • a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program that enables a computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first to fifth aspects or the method in each implementation manner thereof.
  • a computer program product including computer program instructions that cause a computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first to fifth aspects or the method in each implementation manner thereof.
  • a computer program which when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first to fifth aspects or the method in each implementation manner thereof.
  • the first information assists the UE in determining that the effective duration of its own UE-related information is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, or assists in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information.
  • the UE side and the network side have a corresponding understanding of the effective duration of storing UE-related information, thereby avoiding repeated access caused by the network side releasing UE-related information when the UE performs handover or random access. If necessary, increase the speed at which the UE and the network side restore the connection.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram 1 of a communication system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a first schematic flowchart of a handover processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a second schematic diagram of the flow of a handover processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram 1 of a scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a second schematic diagram of a scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a third schematic flowchart of a handover processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a fourth schematic flowchart of a handover processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a fifth schematic flowchart of a handover processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a sixth schematic flowchart of a handover processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a seventh schematic flowchart of a handover processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is an eighth flowchart of a handover processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a ninth flowchart of a handover processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a tenth schematic flowchart of a handover processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is an eleventh flowchart of a handover processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 15 is a schematic diagram 1 of the structure of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a structure of a UE provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a second schematic diagram of the composition structure of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a third schematic diagram of the composition structure of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a fourth schematic diagram of the composition structure of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 20 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic block diagram of a chip provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 is a second schematic diagram of a communication system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile Communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GSM Global System of Mobile Communication
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • the communication system 100 applied in the embodiment of the present application may be as shown in FIG. 1.
  • the communication system 100 may include a network device 110, and the network device 110 may be a device that communicates with a UE 120 (or called a communication terminal or a terminal).
  • the network device 110 may provide communication coverage for a specific geographic area, and may communicate with UEs located in the coverage area.
  • the network equipment 110 may be a network equipment (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in a GSM system or a CDMA system, a network equipment (NodeB, NB) in a WCDMA system, or an evolution in an LTE system Type network equipment (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB), or a wireless controller in the Cloud Radio Access Network (CRAN), or the network equipment may be a mobile switching center, a relay station, an access point, In-vehicle devices, wearable devices, hubs, switches, bridges, routers, network side devices in 5G networks, or network devices in the future evolution of the Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN), etc.
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • NodeB, NB network equipment
  • LTE system Type network equipment Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB
  • CRAN Cloud Radio Access Network
  • the network equipment may be a mobile switching center, a relay station, an access point, In-vehicle devices, wearable
  • the communication system 100 also includes at least one UE 120 located within the coverage area of the network device 110.
  • UE as used herein includes but is not limited to connection via wired lines, such as via public switched telephone networks (PSTN), digital subscriber lines (Digital Subscriber Line, DSL), digital cables, and direct cable connections; And/or another data connection/network; and/or via a wireless interface, such as for cellular networks, wireless local area networks (WLAN), digital TV networks such as DVB-H networks, satellite networks, AM-FM Broadcast transmitter; and/or another UE's device configured to receive/send communication signals; and/or Internet of Things (IoT) equipment.
  • a UE set to communicate through a wireless interface may be referred to as a "wireless communication terminal", a “wireless terminal” or a "mobile terminal”.
  • direct terminal connection (Device to Device, D2D) communication may be performed between UEs 120.
  • the 3GPP RAN working group agreed to the establishment of the NR unlicensed working method (WID RP-182878) in December 2018.
  • the goal of this project is to make NR work in the unlicensed frequency band, including the following working scenarios: carrier aggregation scenario; dual Connection work scene; independent work scene.
  • NR-U is 5GHz unlicensed spectrum and 6GHz unlicensed spectrum, (eg, US 5925-7125MHz, or European 5925-6425MHz, or parts thereof); on unlicensed spectrum, NR -U's design should ensure fairness with other systems that are already working on these unlicensed spectrums, such as WiFi.
  • the principle of fairness is that the impact of NR-U on systems that have been deployed on unlicensed spectrum (for example, WiFi) cannot exceed the impact between these systems.
  • the general energy detection mechanism is the LBT mechanism.
  • the basic principle of the mechanism is that a network device or terminal (transmission end) needs to listen for a period of time according to regulations before transmitting data on an unlicensed spectrum. If the result of the listening indicates that the channel is idle, the transmitting end can transmit data to the receiving end. If the listening result indicates that the channel is in an occupied state, the transmitting end needs to back off for a period of time according to regulations before continuing to listen to the channel, knowing that the channel listening result is in an idle state, before transmitting data to the receiving end.
  • CWmin, p and CWmax, p are related to the random listening channel time during channel access. Specifically, when the network device listens to the channel for Td time and is idle, it needs to listen to the channel again N times, each with a duration of 9 us. Where N is a random number from 0 to CWp.
  • Tmcot p is the longest time that the network device occupies the channel after it seizes the channel. It is related to the channel priority adopted by the network device. For example, if the priority is 1, the channel will be occupied for 2ms at most after the channel is successfully intercepted.
  • the network device needs to transmit data to the UE within the MCOT time. If the network device does not preempt the channel, that is, outside of the MCOT time, the UE will not receive the scheduling from the network device to the UE. data.
  • the embodiment of the application provides a handover processing method, which is applied to a source network device, as shown in FIG. 2, including:
  • Step 21 Send the first information to the user equipment UE;
  • the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
  • the target network device determines the first information and instructs it to the UE through the source network device. Specifically:
  • the method further includes: receiving handover request confirmation information sent by the candidate target network device, where the handover request confirmation information carries the first information.
  • the first information is carried in the handover command sent to the UE;
  • the first information is used to indicate the retention time of the UE related information in the target network device.
  • the first information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: the end time of the effective retention of UE-related information, the time period during which the UE-related information is effectively retained, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the value of the first timer The duration of the first timer when it is turned on.
  • the UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: contextual content of the UE, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS (Quality of Service) parameters, and service type information.
  • the time when the first timer is started may be understood as an absolute time, or expressed in a wireless frame.
  • the absolute time can be determined based on world time.
  • the source network device selects a candidate switching target network device, and sends a switching request to the candidate target network device;
  • the candidate target network device makes a handover decision to determine whether it can access the UE. If possible, the candidate target network device (that is, one of the target network devices that can be accessed by the UE) will send a handover request confirmation to the source network device, and at the same time carry the first information in the message; wherein, the first timer , Used to maintain the effective duration of the UE-related information saved on the candidate target network device side. It should be pointed out that the first timer may be T304 on the network device side. The role of T304 can be shown in the following table:
  • the T304 timer is introduced to indicate the effective handover time.
  • T304 turns on when the handover command is received, and stops when RA is successful. If T304 times out, the handover of RA is unsuccessful, and RRC re-establishment or SCG failure information procedure is required.
  • the target network device carries the T304 of the UE in the handover request ACK, and starts the timer corresponding to T304 after the information is transmitted. When the timer expires, the target network device will delete the resource configuration reserved for the UE and UE context. Wherein, when the first timer expires, the network device releases UE-related information; when receiving a handover complete message sent by the UE, if the first timer is still running, the timer is stopped.
  • the first timer may also be a new timer, that is, a non-T304 timer.
  • the target base station and/or UE determines the effective duration of UE-related information according to this new timer, or the assisting base station and/or UE determines that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side is consistent.
  • the source network device can instruct the target network device to start the first timer when the first preset condition is satisfied
  • the first preset condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the handover request confirmation information can be received when the handover request confirmation information is received, or when the first preset time period after the handover confirmation information is received; the first preset time period can be set according to actual conditions, for example, It can be 0.5ms and so on, and there is no limitation here.
  • sending a handover command can be understood as the first preset condition when the source network device sends only one handover command to the UE; or, it can be the second preset after the source network device sends a handover command to the UE
  • the duration is determined to meet the first preset condition; the second preset duration can be set according to actual conditions, and is not limited here.
  • the successful sending of the switching command can be understood as the moment when the switching command is successfully sent, or it can be understood as the third preset duration after the successful sending of the switching command; the third preset duration can also be set according to actual conditions and is not limited. ;
  • the handover command is sent successfully, or it can be understood as when the handover command sent by the UE is successfully received, or it can be understood as when the handover command sent by the UE is successfully received after the seventh preset duration; the seventh preset duration It can also be set according to the actual situation and is no longer limited.
  • the lengths of the first preset duration, the second preset duration, the third preset duration, and the seventh preset duration may be the same or different, or may be partially the same.
  • the determination of the success of sending the handover command can be when the HARQ-acknowledge ACK feedback is received, or when the radio link control (RLC, Radio Link Control) ARQ-ACK is received.
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • the UE may use the first information to determine the time and duration to start the first timer (timer), and then determine the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, that is, determine the effective duration of the resource for storing UE-related information on the network side.
  • the time difference between the target network device and the source network device may be, for example, the time difference between the two network devices when the GPS time is not synchronized.
  • the source network device sends a handover command to the UE
  • the UE receives the handover command sent by the source network device, and executes the handover process according to the message of the handover command. In addition, the UE determines whether the UE-related information stored on the network device side is valid according to the first information carried in the handover command. When the UE-related information is valid, for example, the timer has not expired or the deadline for valid retention of the UE-related information has not expired, the UE performs the handover process or the RA process during the handover. Otherwise, it is considered that the handover has failed, and/or the UE performs the RRC connection re-establishment procedure (MCG handover) or indicates the SCG failure information procedure to the network.
  • MCG handover RRC connection re-establishment procedure
  • Figure 4 illustrates that when the target network device side starts the first timer until the first timer expires, it saves the effective duration of UE-related information; when the UE side receives a handover command from the source network device, Starting its own first timer, it can be seen from the figure that when the first timer of the target network device expires, the first timer on the UE side has not stopped. Therefore, the UE may be in the handover process. The UE thinks that the target network device still saves related information, but the target network device actually releases the information.
  • the UE can receive the handover command sent by the source network device, and will also receive the first information carried therein, and determine the valid duration of the relevant information stored on the target network device side according to the first information. When it is determined that the target network device side has released relevant information, no more processing such as handover or random access is performed.
  • the network may release the UE resources. At that time, the UE still believes that the current handover is feasible, resulting in unnecessary delay and signaling overhead.
  • the UE can determine the effective time that the target network device actually maintains the UE context and the configured resources, avoiding the inconsistency between the UE and the network's understanding of resource reservation, and avoiding unnecessary UE behavior. For example, it has been trying RA, but the actual The network has released the UE context and so on, so that the UE can resume the connection with the network as soon as possible.
  • Scenario 2 is different from scenario 1 in that the first information in this scenario is generated by the source network device.
  • the method also includes:
  • the specific content of the first information in this scenario may be different from scenario 1, for example, it may include: the delay time for issuance of the handover command, or the number of times the issuance of the handover command fails.
  • the method also includes one of the following:
  • the first information is carried in the RRC message.
  • the source network device carries the first information in the handover command or the RRC message after the handover command.
  • the RRC message may be a dedicated RRC message, which is used to notify the UE of the first information.
  • the sending time of the RRC message may be sent to the UE when the handover command is issued or the first time after the handover command is issued.
  • the time difference between the first moment and the handover command may be the fourth preset duration.
  • the source network device selects a candidate to switch the target network device, and sends a switch request to the target network device;
  • the candidate target network device performs handover decision HO decision to determine whether it can access the UE. If possible, the candidate target network device will send a handover request ACK to the source network device.
  • the source network device generates the first information, and the first information includes at least one of the following: the delay time for the issuance of the HO command, or the number of times the issuance of the HO command fails.
  • the first information may be used to assist the UE to determine at least one of the following information: resources reserved by the target network device and/or the actual valid time/time duration/dead time of the UE context, and the configuration included in the handover command.
  • the deadline is the time that the timer of the target network device has been running when the handover command is received, the time when the target network device has retained UE-related information when the handover command is received, and the UE-related information remains valid in the target network device when the handover command is received time.
  • UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: UE context, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS parameters, and service pattern information.
  • the related description of the first timer is similar to scenario 1, and will not be repeated.
  • the source network device sends a switch command.
  • the source network device sends the first information after sending the handover command, which may be carried by RRC signaling; in the manner shown in FIG. 7, the source network device may carry the first information in the handover command.
  • the UE receives the handover command sent by the source network device, and executes the handover process according to the message of the handover command.
  • the UE receives the RRC message containing the first information, or the UE obtains the first information according to the handover command.
  • the UE determines whether the UE-related information stored on the network device side is valid according to the first information. When the UE-related information is valid, for example, the timer has not expired or the deadline for valid retention of the UE-related information has not expired, the UE performs the handover process or the RA process during the handover. Otherwise, it is considered that the handover has failed, and/or the UE performs the RRC connection re-establishment procedure (MCG handover) or indicates the SCG failure information procedure to the network.
  • MCG handover RRC connection re-establishment procedure
  • the first information further includes at least one of the following:
  • At least one of the actual effective time, effective duration, and deadline of the UE context At least one of the actual effective time, effective duration, and deadline of the UE context
  • At least one of the actual effective time, effective time, and deadline of the configuration information contained in the switching command At least one of the actual effective time, effective time, and deadline of the configuration information contained in the switching command;
  • the remaining effective duration of the UE related information in the target network device when the handover command is sent is sent.
  • the source device side can confirm the auxiliary information and send it to the UE.
  • the specific determination method and the resources reserved by the target network device can be determined by the information sent by the target network device.
  • the valid time of the UE context can be determined according to the information sent by the target network device to determine the valid time for saving the information, the valid time, and at least one of the deadline. Since the effective time and deadline of the configuration information included in the handover command can be determined by the source network device itself according to the time when the handover command is sent by itself.
  • the start time of the first timer in the target network device can be determined based on the handover request confirmation message sent by the target network device, and accordingly, the starting time for the target network device to retain UE-related information can be obtained; in addition, Since the source network device can obtain the duration of the first timer of the target network device, it can determine the deadline for the target network device to save UE-related information; in addition, since the source network device can determine the time when it sends the handover command, it can determine The length of time the first timer of the target network device has been running when the handover command is sent. Accordingly, the length of time the target network device has saved UE-related information when the handover command is sent, and the remaining amount of time the target network device can save UE-related information Effective duration.
  • the source device side can confirm the auxiliary information according to the handover request ACK message (content) from the target base station, or the source device side can confirm the auxiliary information according to the handover request ACK message (content) from the target base station and the following at least One is to confirm the auxiliary information: the delay time for the issuance of the handover command, and the number of times the issuance of the handover command fails.
  • the source base station can send the updated information to the UE, or it can send all the information to the UE and the UE determines the updated information.
  • the processing based on the auxiliary information can be done by the source base station side.
  • the subsequent processing based on the auxiliary information can also be done by the UE side, and the source network device side can reduce its processing content.
  • the network may release UE resources. At that time, the UE still believes that the current handover is feasible, resulting in unnecessary delay and signaling overhead.
  • the UE can determine the effective time that the target network device actually maintains the UE context and the configured resources, avoiding the inconsistency between the UE and the network’s understanding of resource reservation, and avoiding unnecessary UE behavior (always try RA, but actually The network has released the UE context, etc.) so that the UE can resume the connection with the network as soon as possible.
  • the method also includes:
  • the source network device determines the modified T304 parameter according to one of the following information. For example, the original T304 parameter, the delay time of HO command delivery, or the number of failed HO command delivery, the time when the network starts T304/first timer, the time when T304timer on the network device side is turned on, and the deadline for valid retention of UE-related information Time, the time period during which UE-related information is effectively stored, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the duration of the first timer.
  • the original T304 parameter the delay time of HO command delivery, or the number of failed HO command delivery
  • the time when the network starts T304/first timer the time when T304timer on the network device side is turned on
  • the deadline for valid retention of UE-related information Time the time period during which UE-related information is effectively stored
  • the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device the duration of the first timer.
  • it may also include the parameters of the original first timer, the delay time for the issuance of the handover command, the number of times the handover command is failed to be issued, the time when the network starts the first timer, and the deadline for valid retention of UE-related information, The time period during which the UE-related information is effectively retained, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the duration of the first timer are sent to the UE so that the UE can determine the duration of the updated first timer.
  • the UE can update the duration of the first timer understood by itself to ensure that the remaining duration of the effective duration of the UE-related information stored on the network side as understood by the UE is the same as the remaining effective duration of the UE-related information stored on the network side.
  • the updated T304 can ensure that the UE and the target network device have the same understanding of the retention time of UE-related information.
  • the first information also includes:
  • the second duration where the second duration is different from the duration in the parameters of the first timer.
  • the second duration is used to instruct the target network device for the UE to retain the effective duration of the UE-related information, or the second duration is used to make the UE and the network retain the effective duration of the UE-related information consistent. It should be pointed out that the second duration is implemented based on the second timer, that is, the second duration of the second timer is different from the duration in the parameter of the first timer (or the updated first timer).
  • the method further includes: determining the parameter of the second duration based on at least one of the following information:
  • the parameters of the first timer the delay time for the issuance of handover commands, the number of failed handover commands, the time when the network starts the first timer, the deadline for valid retention of UE-related information, and the time period for valid retention of UE-related information, The time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the duration of the first timer.
  • the second duration may be implemented by a new timer, for example, it may be implemented by a second timer different from the first timer.
  • the UE starts the second timer after receiving the handover command.
  • the UE considers that the UE information retained by the target network device is valid.
  • the source network device determines the second duration by determining the effective duration of the remaining UE-related information that the source network device considers the target network device to retain; for example, the parameters of the first timer mentioned above, after the handover command has been sent multiple times When the transmission is successful, a certain time period is consumed at this time. At this time, the first timer needs to be subtracted from the time period to obtain the second time period. Alternatively, the remaining duration of the first timer may be determined according to the start time of the first timer and the time when the switching command is sent, and use it as the second duration.
  • the foregoing is only an example, and in fact, there may be other combinations and ways of determining the second duration, which are mainly determined based on the foregoing various parameters, which are not exhaustively listed in this embodiment.
  • the source network device determines the timer parameter according to one of the following information, such as duration: T304 parameter/first timer parameter, the delay time for HO command delivery, or the number of failed HO command delivery, the network starts T304/ The time of the first timer, the time when the T304timer on the network device side is turned on, the deadline for valid retention of UE-related information, the time period for valid retention of UE-related information, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the duration of the first timer .
  • duration such as duration: T304 parameter/first timer parameter, the delay time for HO command delivery, or the number of failed HO command delivery
  • the first information can assist the UE to determine that the effective duration of its own UE-related information is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, or assist in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information.
  • the UE side and the network side have a corresponding understanding of the effective duration of storing UE-related information, thereby avoiding repeated access caused by the network side releasing UE-related information when the UE performs handover or random access. If necessary, increase the speed at which the UE and the network side restore the connection.
  • the embodiment of the application provides a handover processing method, which is applied to a user equipment UE, as shown in FIG. 8, including:
  • Step 31 Receive the first information sent by the source network device
  • the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
  • the first information may be determined by the target network device. This scenario explains this situation.
  • the first information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: the end time of the effective retention of UE-related information, the time period during which the UE-related information is effectively retained, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the value of the first timer The duration of the first timer when it is turned on.
  • the UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: contextual content of the UE, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, quality of service (QoS, Quality of Service,) parameters, service type information .
  • the time when the first timer is started may be understood as an absolute time, or expressed in a wireless frame.
  • the absolute time can be determined based on world time.
  • the source network device selects a candidate switching target network device, and sends a switching request to the candidate target network device;
  • the candidate target network device makes a handover decision to determine whether it can access the UE. If possible, the candidate target network device (that is, one of the target network devices that can be accessed by the UE) will send a handover request confirmation to the source network device, and at the same time carry the first information in the message; wherein, the first timer , Used to maintain the effective duration of the UE-related information saved on the candidate target network device side. It should be pointed out that the first timer may be T304 on the network device side. For the relevant description of T304, refer to the above-mentioned implementation manner, which will not be repeated here.
  • the network device releases UE-related information; when receiving a handover complete message sent by the UE or when the RA is successful, if the first timer is still running, the timer is stopped.
  • the source network device sends a handover command to the UE
  • the UE receives the handover command sent by the source network device, and executes the handover process according to the message of the handover command.
  • the UE may determine the effective storage duration for storing the UE-related information on the target network device side based on the first information. For example, the UE may determine whether the UE-related information stored on the network device side is valid according to the first information carried in the handover command, or determine the effective storage duration of the UE-related information stored on the target network device side.
  • methods for determining the effective storage duration may include:
  • the deadline for saving UE-related information on the target network device side is determined, so that the UE can determine the remaining effective time during the process of performing handover or random access operation.
  • the time period during which the UE-related information is effectively stored can be understood as the absolute time period for storing the UE-related information on the network side.
  • it can be represented by radio frames, or can be represented by world time, so that the UE can determine the network side The effective length of time for saving its own UE-related information.
  • the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device based on this information, the relative moment when the source network device obtains the first information of the target network device can be determined.
  • the target network device sends the first information at the first moment, then On the source network device side, it can be the first information acquired at the first moment + the time difference, so that when the first information is received, the remaining effective time for storing UE-related information on the target network device side can be adjusted.
  • the effective length of time that the UE side understands the target network device side to save the UE-related information makes the two consistent.
  • it is possible to determine the effective length of time for storing UE-related information on the target network device side which is specific to the opening time and deadline for storing UE-related information. In this way, it can further ensure that the effective length of storing UE-related information confirmed by the UE side and the network side is consistent .
  • the UE side can determine the effective duration for the network side to save the UE-related information based on the absolute time.
  • the method further includes: performing handover processing when determining that the UE-related information saved on the target network device side is valid based on the effective duration of the UE-related information saved on the target network device side, or performing random access during the handover process. ⁇ .
  • the method may further include: when it is determined that the UE-related information stored on the target network device side is invalid based on the effective duration of the UE-related information stored on the target network device side, performing at least one of the following:
  • the UE determines that the UE-related information is valid, for example, the timer has not expired, or the deadline for valid retention of the UE-related information has not been reached, the UE performs the handover process or the RA process during the handover. Otherwise, it is considered that the handover has failed, and/or the UE performs the RRC connection re-establishment procedure (MCG handover) or indicates the SCG failure information procedure to the network.
  • MCG handover RRC connection re-establishment procedure
  • the network may release the UE resources. At that time, the UE still believes that the current handover is feasible, resulting in unnecessary delay and signaling overhead.
  • the UE can determine the effective time that the target network device actually maintains the UE context and the configured resources, avoiding the inconsistency between the UE and the network's understanding of resource reservation, and avoiding unnecessary UE behavior. For example, it has been trying RA, but the actual The network has released the UE context and so on, so that the UE can resume the connection with the network as soon as possible.
  • Scenario 2 is different from scenario 1 in that the first information in this scenario is generated by the source network device.
  • the specific content of the first information in this scenario may be different from scenario 1, for example, it may include: the delay time for issuance of the handover command, or the number of times the issuance of the handover command fails.
  • the method also includes one of the following:
  • the source network device carries the first information in the handover command or the RRC message after the handover command.
  • the RRC message may be a dedicated RRC message, which is used to notify the UE of the first information.
  • the sending time of the RRC message may be sent to the UE when the handover command is issued or the first time after the handover command is issued.
  • the time difference between the first moment and the handover command may be the fourth preset duration.
  • the source network device selects a candidate to switch the target network device, and sends a switch request to the target network device;
  • the candidate target network device makes a HO decision to determine whether it can access the UE. If possible, the candidate target network device will send a handover request ACK to the source network device.
  • the source network device generates the first information, and the first information includes at least one of the following: the delay time for the issuance of the HO command, or the number of times the issuance of the HO command fails.
  • the first information may be used to assist the UE to determine at least one of the following information: resources reserved by the target network device and/or the actual valid time/time duration/dead time of the UE context, and the configuration included in the handover command.
  • the deadline is the time that the timer of the target network device has been running when the handover command is received, the time when the target network device has retained UE-related information when the handover command is received, and the UE-related information remains valid in the target network device when the handover command is received time.
  • UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: UE context, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS parameters, and service pattern information.
  • the related description of the first timer is similar to scenario 1, and will not be repeated.
  • the source network device sends a switch command.
  • the source network device sends the first information after sending the handover command, which may be carried by RRC signaling; in the manner shown in FIG. 7, the source network device may carry the first information in the handover command.
  • the UE receives the handover command sent by the source network device, and executes the handover process according to the message of the handover command.
  • the UE receives the RRC message containing the first information.
  • the UE determines whether the UE-related information stored on the network device side is valid according to the first information.
  • the UE-related information is valid, for example, the timer does not expire or the deadline for valid retention of the UE-related information is not reached, the UE performs the handover process or the RA process during the handover. Otherwise, it is considered that the handover has failed, and/or the UE performs the RRC connection re-establishment procedure (MCG handover) or indicates the SCG failure information procedure to the network.
  • MCG handover RRC connection re-establishment procedure
  • the UE can determine the following information: resources reserved by the target network device;
  • At least one of the actual effective time, effective duration, and deadline of the UE context At least one of the actual effective time, effective duration, and deadline of the UE context
  • At least one of the actual effective time, effective time, and deadline of the configuration information contained in the switching command At least one of the actual effective time, effective time, and deadline of the configuration information contained in the switching command;
  • the remaining effective duration of the UE related information in the target network device when the handover command is sent is sent.
  • the specific determination method, the resources reserved by the target network device can be determined by the information sent by the source network device.
  • the valid time of the UE context may be determined according to at least one of the termination time of the valid retention of the UE-related information and the time period during which the UE-related information is effectively retained.
  • the start time of the first timer in the target network device can be determined based on the received first information, and accordingly, the start time at which the target network device retains UE-related information can be obtained; in addition, since the source network device can obtain the target network device The duration of the first timer of the target network device can therefore determine the deadline for the target network device to save UE-related information; in addition, since the UE can determine the moment when it receives the handover command, it can determine the first timing of the target network device when the handover command is received The length of time the device has been running, accordingly, it can be determined that when the handover command is received, the length of time the target network device has saved UE-related information, and the remaining effective length of time that the target network device can save UE-related information.
  • the foregoing information may be carried in the first information, that is to say, the first information sent by the source network device may also include at least one of the following:
  • At least one of the actual effective time, effective duration, and deadline of the UE context At least one of the actual effective time, effective duration, and deadline of the UE context
  • At least one of the actual effective time, effective time, and deadline of the configuration information contained in the switching command At least one of the actual effective time, effective time, and deadline of the configuration information contained in the switching command;
  • the remaining effective duration of the UE related information in the target network device when the handover command is sent is sent.
  • the network may release UE resources. At that time, the UE still believes that the current handover is feasible, resulting in unnecessary delay and signaling overhead.
  • the UE can determine the effective time that the target network device actually maintains the UE context and the configured resources, avoiding the inconsistency between the UE and the network’s understanding of resource reservation, and avoiding unnecessary UE behavior (always try RA, but actually The network has released the UE context, etc.) so that the UE can resume the connection with the network as soon as possible.
  • the first information further includes: the updated first timer.
  • the source network device side modifies the parameters of the first timer, and then sends the updated first timer to the UE.
  • the parameters may include at least one of the following: the parameters of the original first timer, the delay time for the issuance of the handover command, the number of times the handover command fails to be issued, the time for the network to start the first timer, and the effective retention of UE-related information. Time, the time period during which UE-related information is effectively stored, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the length of the original first timer.
  • the UE determines the updated first timer according to one of the following information. For example, if the original T304 parameter is combined with the delay time for issuing the HO command, it is determined that the switching command will be sent a period of time after the first timer is started, then the original first duration of the first timer can be subtracted from this delay , Get the updated duration of the first timer. Or, the number of failed delivery of the HO command contained in the first information is used to determine the delay caused by several failed delivery of the handover command, combined with the length of the original first timer or the start of the first timer Time, to determine that if the UE side wants to be consistent with the network side, the first timer needs to be adjusted.
  • the first time length of the first timer is subtracted from the delivery failure time delay to obtain the updated first timer.
  • the foregoing processing can also be combined with the effective retention deadline of the UE-related information, combined with the current time, to determine that the UE needs to adjust the first duration of the first timer. It should be understood that there may also be other adjustment methods, but the list is not exhaustive in this embodiment.
  • the UE performs handover according to the updated first timer, such as T304. Since the duration of the first timer is modified according to the related modification parameters, the UE side starts the updated first timer to determine the effective duration of the network side to save the UE-related information, which can keep the UE-related information with the target network device side. The remaining effective duration remains consistent, so that the updated T304 can ensure that the UE and the target network device have the same understanding of the retention time of the UE-related information.
  • the updated first timer such as T304. Since the duration of the first timer is modified according to the related modification parameters, the UE side starts the updated first timer to determine the effective duration of the network side to save the UE-related information, which can keep the UE-related information with the target network device side. The remaining effective duration remains consistent, so that the updated T304 can ensure that the UE and the target network device have the same understanding of the retention time of the UE-related information.
  • the first information also includes:
  • the second duration where the second duration is different from the duration in the parameters of the first timer
  • the second duration is used to instruct the target network device for the UE to retain the effective duration of the UE-related information, or the second duration is used to make the UE and the network retain the effective duration of the UE-related information consistent.
  • the second duration is different from the duration of the first timer.
  • the second duration can also be determined by itself according to the information delivered by the source network device, for example, including at least one of the following:
  • the parameters of the first timer the delay time for the issuance of handover commands, the number of failed handover commands, the time when the network starts the first timer, the deadline for valid retention of UE-related information, and the time period for valid retention of UE-related information, The time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the duration of the first timer.
  • the second duration may be implemented by a new timer, for example, it may be implemented by a second timer different from the first timer.
  • the UE starts the second timer after receiving the handover command.
  • the UE considers that the UE information retained by the target network device is valid.
  • the second timer or the second duration parameter is determined according to one of the following information, such as duration: T304 parameter, the delay time of HO command delivery, or the number of failed HO command delivery, the network starts T304/first Timer time, T304timer on the network device side, deadline for valid retention of UE-related information, time period for valid retention of UE-related information, time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the duration of the first timer.
  • duration such as duration: T304 parameter, the delay time of HO command delivery, or the number of failed HO command delivery
  • the network starts T304/first Timer time, T304timer on the network device side, deadline for valid retention of UE-related information, time period for valid retention of UE-related information, time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the duration of the first timer.
  • the way to determine the second duration can be to determine the second duration for the effective duration of the remaining UE-related information considered by the target network device; for example, for the parameters of the aforementioned first timer, the handover command is successfully sent after multiple failures. At this time, a certain period of time is consumed. At this time, the first timer needs to be subtracted from the period to obtain the second period. Alternatively, the remaining duration of the first timer may be determined according to the start time of the first timer and the time when the switching command is sent, and use it as the second duration.
  • the foregoing is only an example, and in fact, there may be other combinations and ways of determining the second duration, which are mainly determined based on the foregoing various parameters, which are not exhaustively listed in this embodiment.
  • this embodiment can also provide the following more processing scenarios. It should be pointed out that the following scenarios can also be used alone, or In other words, the following two processing scenarios can be executed without executing the processing provided by the foregoing embodiment, which are specifically as follows:
  • the third preset condition includes at least one of the following:
  • Random access resources based on non-competition are invalid
  • CFRA contention-based random access
  • CBRA contention-based random access
  • the source network device selects a candidate switching target network device, and sends a switching request to the candidate target network device;
  • the candidate target network device makes a HO decision to determine whether it can access the UE. If possible, the candidate target network device will send a handover request confirmation message to the source network device.
  • the source network device sends a switch command.
  • the UE executes the handover process according to the handover command, including the CFRA process.
  • the UE When the UE fails in random access based on non-contention, it can indicate the random access failure to the higher layer.
  • the random access failure may not be indicated to the higher layer.
  • the method further includes: when the non-contention-based random access fails, not indicating the random access failure to the higher layer. That is to say, when the UE side judges that CFRA fails (or CFRA is invalid), the Media Access Control (MAC, Media Access Control) layer does not indicate random access failure (Random Access problem) to the higher layer.
  • CFRA CFRA fails
  • MAC Media Access Control
  • multiple sets of non-contention random access resources can be configured for the UE.
  • the method also includes one of the following:
  • Processing is based on at least one set of non-competitive random access resources among multiple sets of non-competitive random access resources; when processing based on at least one set of non-competitive random access resources fails, random access is not indicated to the higher layer failure;
  • Processing is performed based on the first non-competition-based random access resource among multiple sets of non-competition random access resources; when it is determined that the processing of the first non-competition-based random access resource fails, if there is a Non-competitive random access resources other than non-competitive random access resources will not indicate random access failure to the higher layer;
  • the processing is performed based on the first non-competition-based random access resource among the multiple sets of non-competition random access resources; when it is determined that the processing of the first non-competition-based random access resource fails, if there is a Other non-competitive random access resources other than the non-competitive random access resources indicate random access failure to the higher layer.
  • the UE may perform processing through one set of non-contention random access resources. At this time, if a failure occurs, the random access failure can be indicated to the higher layer. Then the UE can again select another set of non-competitive random access resources for access.
  • This processing scenario may include: multiple sets of non-contention random access resources may be configured for the UE. At this time, the UE can perform processing through at least one set of non-contention random access resources. At this time, when any one set of access fails, the random access failure can be indicated to the upper layer, or the random access failure can not be indicated to the upper layer. Or, when all access fails, the random access failure may be indicated to the upper layer, or the random access failure may not be indicated to the upper layer.
  • this processing scenario may include: multiple sets of non-contention random access resources may be configured for the UE.
  • multiple sets of non-contention random access resources may be configured for the UE.
  • the UE can perform processing through one set of non-contention random access resources. At this time, if a failure occurs, the random access failure may not be indicated to the higher layer. Then the UE can again select another set of non-competitive random access resources for access.
  • the difference from the aforementioned processing scenario 1 is that multiple sets of CFRA resources can be set in this scenario.
  • different CFRA resources at least one of the following configurations is different: the valid start of the resource is different, the PRACH scenario occurrence identifier index is different, and the PRACH The resource time domain/frequency domain position interval is different, and the preamble identifier index of the preamble sequence is different.
  • this processing scenario may include the following processing steps:
  • the source network device selects a candidate switching target network device, and sends a switching request to the candidate target network device;
  • the candidate target network device performs handover decision HO decision to determine whether it can access the UE. If possible, the candidate target network device will send a handover request ACK to the source network device.
  • the target network device is configured with at least one set of CFRA resources, where different CFRA resources have at least one different configuration. The specific configuration content is as shown above, and will not be repeated here. In this way, multiple sets of CFRA resources can be utilized, the locations of the RA resources that can be tried are increased, the total valid time of the CFRA resources is increased, and the chance of success of the RA is improved.
  • different CFRA resources can correspond to different usage priorities, and the usage priorities of different CFRA resources can be configured for the UE.
  • the source network device sends a switch command.
  • the handover command carries at least one set of CFRA resources as described above, which can be understood as the first CFRA resource.
  • the UE executes the handover process according to the message content in the handover command, including the CFRA process.
  • the UE can determine that CFRA has failed but there are other CFRA resources corresponding to the RA that has not been attempted, the MAC does not indicate the random access failure to the upper layer; or, when multiple sets of CFRA attempts fail, the MAC also does not report to the upper layer Indicates random access failure.
  • the start time of each set of resource valid is different, such as T1, T2, and T3. If the handover command is received by the UE between T1 and T2, the UE The CFRA process is performed using the CFRA resources corresponding to time T2 and/or time T3.
  • two sets of CFRA resources are configured for the handover UE.
  • Each set of resources has a different PRACH occurrence index. For example, one is index1 and the other is index2. Due to LBT, the UE sends the handover request ACK long after the target network device before receiving the HO command. Improve the resource location/opportunity of CFRA that the UE can try.
  • the UE uses two sets of CFRA resources to perform the CFRA process to increase the chance of the UE accessing the target network within the limited MCOT time.
  • two sets of CFRA resources are configured for the handover UE, and the start time of each set of resource valid is different. For example, it is valid from T1 and T2. Due to LBT, the UE sends the handover request ACK long after the target network device sends the HO before receiving the HO. command. At this time, a set of CFRA may not be valid. In order to improve the resource location/opportunity of CFRA that the UE can try, the UE uses two sets of CFRA resources to perform the CFRA process to increase the UE's access to the target network within the limited MCOT time Opportunity.
  • the UE first uses the high-priority CFRA resources or one set of CFRA resources to perform the RA process. If the RA fails, the UE does not report the RA problem, and then tries to use another set of CFRA resources to perform the RA process until the RA fails or the RA succeeds.
  • the advantage is to increase the chance of UE accessing the target network within the limited MCOT time.
  • the first information can assist the UE to determine that the effective duration of its own UE-related information is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, or assist in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information.
  • the UE side and the network side have a corresponding understanding of the effective duration of storing UE-related information, thereby avoiding repeated access caused by the network side releasing UE-related information when the UE performs handover or random access. If necessary, increase the speed at which the UE and the network side restore the connection.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a handover processing method, which is applied to a source network device, as shown in FIG. 11, including:
  • Step 41 Select the switching target network device, and send a switching request to the target network device;
  • Step 42 Receive handover request confirmation information fed back by the target network device
  • Step 43 Send second information to the target network device; where the second information is used to assist the target network device in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device and the target network device determined by the UE The valid duration of the saved UE-related information is consistent.
  • specific indication information can be sent to the target network device/candidate target network device, such as a handover command sending confirmation message, to ensure that the UE and the target network device have relevant information about the UE Whether the understanding is valid or not is consistent, or indicate to the target network device that the handover command to the UE is sent successfully, or indicate to the target network device that the resource maintenance/timer maintenance state restarts.
  • the method further includes:
  • sending a handover command to the UE can be understood as the source network device sending a handover command to the UE for the first time; in addition, sending the second information can be the fifth preset time period after the handover command is sent for the first time; of course, if The source network device can send the handover command multiple times, it can also be understood as sending the handover command for the second time, or the third time, which will not be exhaustive here.
  • the successful sending of the handover command to the UE may be that when the confirmation information fed back by the UE is received, the handover command is considered to be successfully sent.
  • the timing of sending the second information may be the time when the handover command is confirmed to be successfully sent, or the confirmation When the sixth preset duration after the switch command is successfully sent.
  • the fifth preset duration and the sixth preset duration may be the same or different.
  • the second message can be sent when the UE receives the indication of the successful reception of the handover command; here, it can also be specifically that the second message is sent when the indication of the successful reception of the handover command is received.
  • the information can also be a period of time after receiving the indication that the handover command is successfully received, and then the second message is sent; here, the period of time can be set according to the actual situation, and it is not exhaustive.
  • the process may include:
  • the source network device selects the candidate handover target network device and sends a handover request to the candidate target network device; optionally, the source network device notifies the target network device of the cell type of the cell, such as whether it is an NR-U cell, and/or Request the cell type of the candidate target cell from the target network device, such as whether it is an NR-U cell.
  • the above information is carried in the handover request message.
  • the candidate target network device makes a HO decision to determine whether it can access the UE. If possible, the candidate target network device will send a handover request ACK to the source network device. Optionally, the candidate target network device notifies the source network device of the cell type information of the candidate target cell. For example, the handover request ACK message carries the cell type information of the candidate target cell, such as whether it is an NR-U cell.
  • the source network device After the source network device sends an air interface handover command to the UE, or after the source network device sends the air interface handover command successfully, or after receiving the UE’s indication of the successful reception of the handover command, it sends a specific target network device/candidate target network device Indication message/information, such as a handover command sending confirmation message, that is, second information can be sent.
  • a specific target network device/candidate target network device Indication message/information such as a handover command sending confirmation message, that is, second information can be sent.
  • the second information includes at least one of the following: indicating to the target network device that the handover command sent by the source network device to the UE is successfully sent; indicating to the target network device that the source network device has sent the handover command; indicating to the target network device a resource maintenance behavior /State reset; Instruct the target network device to restart the first timer; Instruct the target network device for the second duration; Instruct the target network device to start the timer for the UE; Instruct the target network device that the UE considers the target base station UE related information valid .
  • the second information that is, a specific indication message/information, is used to ensure that the UE and the target network device have the same understanding of whether the UE-related information is valid, or indicate to the target network device that the handover command sent by the source network device to the UE is successfully sent, or ,
  • the source network device has sent a handover command, or instructs the target network device to perform resource maintenance actions/status reset, or instruct the target network device to restart the timer maintenance status.
  • the second message can be sent so that the target network device determines to start the first timer according to the indication that the handover command in the second message is successfully sent. Since the UE side will start the handover process when the handover command is received At this time, the UE will start to determine the effective length of time the target network device side saves UE-related information.
  • the target network device starts the first timer at the same time as the target network device side understood by the UE.
  • the time of the first timer can be basically consistent, so that the effective duration of the storage of the UE-related information on the target network device side can be consistent with the understanding of the UE side.
  • the source network device indicates to the target network device that the handover command is currently sent.
  • the target network device can start the first timer to determine the valid duration of the UE-related information, which can also make the target network device start the first timer It is consistent with the time when the target network device side starts the first timer confirmed by the UE side.
  • the information can also be determined by referring to the time when the handover command is successfully sent. For example, when the handover command is successfully sent, it can be understood as The UE thinks that the first timer on the target network device side has started, and then the source network device instructs the target network device to restart the first timer so that the restart time of the first timer on the target network device side is the same as the UE side.
  • the resource maintenance behavior and/or state reset can also be instructed to the target network device, that is, the resource maintenance behavior of the control target network device is processed based on sending a handover command or successfully sending a handover command, or according to sending a handover command Or at the moment when the handover command is successfully sent, the effective duration of saving the state of the UE-related information on the target network device side is reset.
  • the second duration is indicated to the target network device. The second duration may be the effective duration that the source network device understands the UE side thinks the target network device saves UE-related information, and the second duration is indicated to the target network device , Can make the target network device and the UE keep the same effective duration.
  • UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: UE context, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS parameters, service pattern information
  • the disadvantage of the prior art is that the network may release UE resources. At that time, the UE still believes that the current handover is feasible, resulting in unnecessary delay and signaling overhead. This embodiment avoids the impact on the air interface and the UE, and achieves similar effects in a manner of network side interaction.
  • this embodiment may also provide the following more processing scenarios. It should be pointed out that the following scenarios can also be used alone, that is, the following two processing scenarios can be executed without performing the processing provided in the foregoing embodiment, as follows:
  • the UE performs handover based on the handover command, and during the handover process, when the third preset condition is met, fall back from non-contention-based random access to contention-based random access;
  • the third preset condition includes at least one of the following:
  • Random access resources based on non-competition are invalid
  • CFRA contention-based random access
  • CBRA contention-based random access
  • CBRA contention-based random access
  • Processing scenario 2 Multiple sets of non-contention random access resources can be indicated for the UE.
  • This embodiment may further include: the method further includes:
  • the handover command carries at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources, or the handover command carries at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources and the priority of each set of non-competition-based random access resources. level.
  • the effective start of the resource is different, the PRACH timing identifier is different, the time domain/frequency domain position interval of the PRACH resource is different, the preamble sequence parameter is different, and the preamble sequence identifier is different.
  • multiple sets of non-contention random access resources can be configured for the UE.
  • the UE can perform processing through one set of non-contention random access resources.
  • the random access failure can be indicated to the higher layer. Then the UE can again select another set of non-competitive random access resources for access.
  • This processing scenario may include: multiple sets of non-contention random access resources may be configured for the UE. At this time, the UE can perform processing through at least one set of non-contention random access resources. At this time, when any one set of access fails, the random access failure can be indicated to the upper layer, or the random access failure can not be indicated to the upper layer. Or, it can also indicate random access failure to higher layers when all access fails, or not indicate random access failure to higher layers
  • this processing scenario may include: multiple sets of non-contention random access resources may be configured for the UE.
  • multiple sets of non-contention random access resources may be configured for the UE.
  • the UE can perform processing through one set of non-contention random access resources. At this time, if a failure occurs, the random access failure may not be indicated to the higher layer. Then the UE can again select another set of non-competitive random access resources for access.
  • the first information can assist the UE to determine that the effective duration of its own UE-related information is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, or assist in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information.
  • the UE side and the network side have a corresponding understanding of the effective duration of storing UE-related information, thereby avoiding repeated access caused by the network side releasing UE-related information when the UE performs handover or random access. If necessary, increase the speed at which the UE and the network side restore the connection.
  • the embodiment of the application provides a handover processing method, which is applied to a target network device, as shown in FIG. 13, including:
  • Step 51 Receive a handover request sent by the source network device
  • Step 52 Send handover request confirmation information to the source network device
  • Step 53 Receive second information sent by the source network device; where the second information is used to assist the target network device in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device and the target network determined by the UE The valid duration of UE-related information saved by the device is consistent.
  • specific indication information can be sent to the target network device/candidate target network device, such as a handover command sending confirmation message, to ensure that the UE and the target network device have relevant information about the UE Whether the understanding is valid or not is consistent, or indicate to the target network device that the handover command to the UE is sent successfully, or indicate to the target network device that the resource maintenance/timer maintenance state restarts.
  • the process may include:
  • the source network device selects the candidate handover target network device and sends a handover request to the candidate target network device; optionally, the source network device notifies the target network device of the cell type of the cell, such as whether it is an NR-U cell, and/or Request the cell type of the candidate target cell from the target network device, such as whether it is an NR-U cell.
  • the above information is carried in the handover request message.
  • the candidate target network device makes a HO decision to determine whether it can access the UE. If possible, the candidate target network device will send a handover request ACK to the source network device. Optionally, the candidate target network device notifies the source network device of the cell type information of the candidate target cell. For example, the handover request ACK message carries the cell type information of the candidate target cell, such as whether it is an NR-U cell.
  • the second message can be sent.
  • the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • the second information that is, the specific indication message/information
  • the second information is used to ensure that the UE and the target network device have the same understanding of whether the UE-related information is valid, or indicate to the target network device the handover command sent by the source network device to the UE
  • the transmission is successful, or the source network device has sent a switching command, or instructs the resource maintenance behavior/status reset to the target network device, or instructs the target network device to restart the timer maintenance state.
  • the second information can be sent to enable the target network device to determine to start the first timer according to the indication that the handover command in the second information is successfully sent. Because the UE side only receives the handover command, it Start the handover process. At this time, the UE will start to determine the effective duration of the storage of UE-related information on the target network device side.
  • the target network device is indicated through the second information, the time when the target network device starts the first timer is consistent with the target understood by the UE.
  • the time when the network device side starts the first timer can be basically the same, so that the effective duration of the UE-related information on the target network device side can be kept consistent with what the UE side understands.
  • the source network device indicates to the target network device that the handover command is currently sent.
  • the target network device can start the first timer to determine the valid duration of the UE-related information, which can also make the target network device start the first timer It is consistent with the time when the target network device side starts the first timer confirmed by the UE side.
  • the information can also be determined by referring to the time when the handover command is successfully sent.
  • the handover command when the handover command is successfully sent, it can be understood as The UE thinks that the first timer on the target network device side has started, and then the source network device instructs the target network device to restart the first timer so that the restart time of the first timer on the target network device side is the same as the UE side. Keep consistent, so that the effective duration of saving UE-related information understood by the UE side and the network side is consistent.
  • the resource maintenance behavior and/or state reset can also be instructed to the target network device, that is, the resource maintenance behavior of the control target network device is processed based on sending a handover command or successfully sending a handover command, or according to sending a handover command Or at the moment when the handover command is successfully sent, the effective duration of saving the state of the UE-related information on the target network device side is reset.
  • the second duration is indicated to the target network device. The second duration may be the effective duration that the source network device understands the UE side thinks the target network device saves UE-related information, and the second duration is indicated to the target network device , Can make the target network device and the UE keep the same effective duration.
  • UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: UE context, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS parameters, service pattern information
  • the disadvantage of the prior art is that the network may release UE resources. At that time, the UE still believes that the current handover is feasible, resulting in unnecessary delay and signaling overhead. This embodiment avoids the impact on the air interface and the UE, and achieves similar effects in a manner of network side interaction.
  • this embodiment may also provide the following more processing scenarios. It should be pointed out that the following scenarios can also be used alone, that is, the following two processing scenarios can be executed without performing the processing provided in the foregoing embodiment, as follows:
  • the random access resource may be configured for the UE by the target base station, and then sent to the UE through the source network device.
  • Processing scenario 2 Multiple sets of non-contention random access resources can be indicated for the UE.
  • the method also includes:
  • the effective start of the resource is different, the PRACH timing identifier is different, the time domain/frequency domain position interval of the PRACH resource is different, the preamble sequence parameter is different, and the preamble sequence identifier is different.
  • At least one set of non-competition-based random access resources, or at least one set of non-competition random access resources and their corresponding priorities, sent to the source network device, is ultimately sent to the source network device. Sent to UE.
  • the first information can assist the UE to determine that the effective duration of its own UE-related information is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, or assist in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information.
  • the UE side and the network side have a corresponding understanding of the effective duration of storing UE-related information, thereby avoiding repeated access caused by the network side releasing UE-related information when the UE performs handover or random access. If necessary, increase the speed at which the UE and the network side restore the connection.
  • the embodiment of the application provides a handover processing method, which is applied to a target network device, as shown in FIG. 14, includes:
  • Step 61 Send the first information to the source network device
  • the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
  • the target network device determines the first information and instructs it to the UE through the source network device. Specifically:
  • the method further includes: sending handover request confirmation information to the source network device, where the handover request confirmation information carries the first information.
  • the first information is used to indicate the retention time of the UE related information in the target network device.
  • the first information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: the end time of the effective retention of UE-related information, the time period during which the UE-related information is effectively retained, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the value of the first timer The duration of the first timer when it is turned on.
  • the method for the target network device to determine the first information can be to obtain the effective duration of its own storage of UE-related information, and then determine the termination of the effective retention of UE-related information based on the current time and the time when the first timer is started. Time; or, combined with the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, to determine the time when the source network device receives the handover request confirmation information, determine the time when the first timer is started, and carry both parameters
  • the UE side receives the first information, it can determine the effective duration for the target network device to save the UE-related information.
  • the duration of the first timer can be determined by the target network device itself, so it can be directly added to the first information.
  • the UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: contextual content of the UE, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS (Quality of Service) parameters, and service type information.
  • the time when the first timer is started may be understood as an absolute time, or expressed in a wireless frame.
  • the absolute time can be determined based on world time.
  • the source network device selects a candidate switching target network device, and sends a switching request to the candidate target network device;
  • the candidate target network device makes a handover decision to determine whether it can access the UE. If possible, the candidate target network device (that is, one of the target network devices that can be accessed by the UE) will send a handover request confirmation to the source network device, and at the same time carry the first information in the message; wherein, the first timer , Used to maintain the effective duration of the UE-related information saved on the candidate target network device side. It should be pointed out that the first timer may be T304 on the network device side. The description of T304 is as mentioned before, and will not be repeated here.
  • the second preset condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the target network device sends a handover request confirmation message; receives a message sent by the source network device indicating to start the first timer; and receives the second message.
  • the target network device sending the handover request confirmation information can be when the handover request confirmation information is sent, or the first moment after the handover confirmation information is sent; the first moment can be set according to the actual situation, for example, it can be 0.6ms, etc. Wait, there is no limit here.
  • receiving the message sent by the source network device instructing to start the first timer may be the moment when the instruction information sent by the source network device to start the first timer is received, the first timer is started, or it may also be At a second time after receiving the instruction message to start the first timer from the source network device, the first timer is started.
  • the second time can be set according to the actual situation, for example, it can be set to 1ms.
  • the received second information may be receiving the second information sent by the source network device, and the second information is used to assist the target network device in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device, which is determined by the UE.
  • the effective duration of the UE-related information saved by the target network equipment is the same.
  • the UE may use the first information to determine the time and duration to start the first timer (timer), and then determine the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, that is, determine the effective duration of the resource for storing UE-related information on the network side.
  • the time difference between the target network device and the source network device may be, for example, the time difference between the two network devices when the GPS time is not synchronized.
  • the source network device sends a handover command to the UE
  • the UE receives the handover command sent by the source network device, and executes the handover process according to the message of the handover command.
  • Figure 4 illustrates that when the target network device side starts the first timer until the first timer expires, it saves the effective duration of UE-related information; when the UE side receives a handover command from the source network device, Starting its own first timer, it can be seen from the figure that when the first timer of the target network device expires, the first timer on the UE side has not stopped. Therefore, the UE may be in the handover process. The UE thinks that the target network device still saves related information, but the target network device actually releases the information.
  • the UE can receive the handover command sent by the source network device, and will also receive the first information carried therein, and determine the valid duration of the relevant information stored on the target network device side according to the first information. When it is determined that the target network device side has released relevant information, no more processing such as handover or random access is performed.
  • the network may release the UE resources. At that time, the UE still believes that the current handover is feasible, resulting in unnecessary delay and signaling overhead.
  • the UE can determine the effective time that the target network device actually maintains the UE context and the configured resources, avoiding the inconsistency between the UE and the network's understanding of resource reservation, and avoiding unnecessary UE behavior. For example, it has been trying RA, but the actual The network has released the UE context and so on, so that the UE can resume the connection with the network as soon as possible.
  • the first information can assist the UE to determine that the effective duration of its own UE-related information is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, or assist in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information.
  • the UE side and the network side have a corresponding understanding of the effective duration of storing UE-related information, thereby avoiding repeated access caused by the network side releasing UE-related information when the UE performs handover or random access. If necessary, increase the speed at which the UE and the network side restore the connection.
  • the embodiment of the application provides a source network device, as shown in FIG. 15, including:
  • the first communication unit 71 sends the first information to the user equipment UE;
  • the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
  • the target network device determines the first information and instructs it to the UE through the source network device. Specifically:
  • the first communication unit 71 receives handover request confirmation information sent by the candidate target network device, where the handover request confirmation information carries the first information.
  • the first information is carried in the handover command sent to the UE;
  • the first information is used to indicate the retention time of the UE related information in the target network device.
  • the first information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: the end time of the effective retention of UE-related information, the time period during which the UE-related information is effectively retained, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the value of the first timer The duration of the first timer when it is turned on.
  • the UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: contextual content of the UE, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS (Quality of Service) parameters, and service type information.
  • the time when the first timer is started may be understood as an absolute time, or expressed in a wireless frame.
  • the absolute time can be determined based on world time.
  • the source network device may further include: a first processing unit 72, which may instruct the target network device to start the first timer when the first preset condition is satisfied;
  • the first preset condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the handover request confirmation information can be received when the handover request confirmation information is received, or when the first preset time period after the handover confirmation information is received;
  • the first preset time period can be set according to actual conditions, for example, It can be 0.5ms and so on, and there is no limitation here.
  • sending a handover command can be understood as the first preset condition when the source network device sends only one handover command to the UE; or, it can be the second preset after the source network device sends a handover command to the UE
  • the duration is determined to meet the first preset condition; the second preset duration can be set according to actual conditions, and is not limited here.
  • the successful sending of the switching command can be understood as the moment when the switching command is successfully sent, or it can be understood as the third preset duration after the successful sending of the switching command; the third preset duration can also be set according to the actual situation and is no longer limited;
  • the handover command is successful, or it can be understood as when the handover command sent by the UE is successfully received, or it can be understood as when the handover command sent by the UE is successfully received after the seventh preset duration; the seventh preset duration is also It can be set according to the actual situation and is no longer limited.
  • the lengths of the first preset duration, the second preset duration, the third preset duration, and the seventh preset duration may be the same or different, or may be partially the same.
  • the determination of the success of sending the handover command can be when the HARQ-acknowledge ACK feedback is received, or when the radio link control (RLC, Radio Link Control) ARQ-ACK is received.
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • Scenario 2 is different from scenario 1 in that the first information in this scenario is generated by the source network device.
  • the first processing unit 72 generates first information.
  • the specific content of the first information in this scenario may be different from scenario 1, for example, it may include: the delay time for issuance of the handover command, or the number of times the issuance of the handover command fails.
  • the first communication unit 71 also performs one of the following:
  • the first information is carried in the RRC message.
  • the source network device carries the first information in the handover command or the RRC message after the handover command.
  • the RRC message may be a dedicated RRC message, which is used to notify the UE of the first information.
  • the sending time of the RRC message may be sent to the UE when the handover command is issued or the first time after the handover command is issued.
  • the time difference between the first moment and the handover command may be the fourth preset duration.
  • the first processing unit 71 determines the updated parameters of the first timer according to at least one of the following information, and the first communication unit sends the updated parameters of the first timer to the UE:
  • the first information also includes:
  • the second duration where the second duration is different from the duration in the parameters of the first timer
  • the second duration is used to instruct the target network device for the UE to retain the effective duration of the UE-related information, or the second duration is used to make the UE and the network retain the effective duration of the UE-related information consistent.
  • the first processing unit 72 determines the parameter of the second duration based on at least one of the following information:
  • the parameters of the first timer the delay time for the issuance of handover commands, the number of failed handover commands, the time when the network starts the first timer, the deadline for valid retention of UE-related information, and the time period for valid retention of UE-related information, The time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the duration of the first timer.
  • the second duration may be implemented by a new timer, for example, it may be implemented by a second timer different from the first timer.
  • the UE starts the second timer after receiving the handover command.
  • the UE considers that the UE information retained by the target network device is valid.
  • the first information can assist the UE to determine that the effective duration of its own UE-related information is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, or assist in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information.
  • the UE side and the network side have a corresponding understanding of the effective duration of storing UE-related information, thereby avoiding repeated access caused by the network side releasing UE-related information when the UE performs handover or random access. If necessary, increase the speed at which the UE and the network side restore the connection.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a UE, as shown in FIG. 16, including:
  • the second communication unit 81 receives the first information sent by the source network device
  • the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
  • the first information may be determined by the target network device. This scenario explains this situation.
  • the first information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: the end time of the effective retention of UE-related information, the time period during which the UE-related information is effectively retained, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the value of the first timer The duration of the first timer when it is turned on.
  • the UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: contextual content of the UE, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, quality of service (QoS, Quality of Service,) parameters, service type information .
  • the time when the first timer is started may be understood as an absolute time, or expressed in a wireless frame.
  • the absolute time can be determined based on world time.
  • the UE may further include: a second processing unit 82, based on the effective duration of the UE-related information stored on the target network device side, when determining that the UE-related information stored on the target network device side is invalid, perform at least the following one:
  • the UE when it is determined that the UE-related information is valid, for example, the timer has not expired, or the deadline for valid retention of the UE-related information has not been reached, the UE performs the handover process or the RA process during the handover. Otherwise, it is considered that the handover has failed, and/or the UE performs the RRC connection re-establishment procedure (MCG handover) or indicates the SCG failure information procedure to the network.
  • MCG handover RRC connection re-establishment procedure
  • Scenario 2 is different from scenario 1 in that the first information in this scenario is generated by the source network device.
  • the specific content of the first information in this scenario may be different from scenario 1, for example, it may include: the delay time for issuance of the handover command, or the number of times the issuance of the handover command fails.
  • the method also includes one of the following:
  • the source network device carries the first information in the handover command or the RRC message after the handover command.
  • the RRC message may be a dedicated RRC message, which is used to notify the UE of the first information.
  • the sending time of the RRC message may be sent to the UE when the handover command is issued or the first time after the handover command is issued.
  • the time difference between the first moment and the handover command may be the fourth preset duration.
  • the second processing unit 82 may determine the following information: resources reserved by the target network device;
  • At least one of the actual effective time, effective duration, and deadline of the UE context At least one of the actual effective time, effective duration, and deadline of the UE context
  • At least one of the actual effective time, effective time, and deadline of the configuration information contained in the switching command At least one of the actual effective time, effective time, and deadline of the configuration information contained in the switching command;
  • the remaining effective duration of the UE related information in the target network device when the handover command is sent is sent.
  • the foregoing information may be carried in the first information, that is to say, the first information sent by the source network device may also include at least one of the following:
  • At least one of the actual effective time, effective duration, and deadline of the UE context At least one of the actual effective time, effective duration, and deadline of the UE context
  • At least one of the actual effective time, effective time, and deadline of the configuration information contained in the switching command At least one of the actual effective time, effective time, and deadline of the configuration information contained in the switching command;
  • the remaining effective duration of the UE related information in the target network device when the handover command is sent is sent.
  • the first information further includes: the updated first timer.
  • the source network device side modifies the parameters of the first timer, and then sends the updated first timer to the UE.
  • the second communication unit 81 may also: receive a parameter for modifying the first timer sent by the source network device, and the second processing unit 82 may update the first timer based on the parameter for modifying the first timer .
  • the parameters may include at least one of the following: the parameters of the original first timer, the delay time for the issuance of the handover command, the number of times the handover command fails to be issued, the time for the network to start the first timer, and the effective retention of UE-related information. Time, the time period during which UE-related information is effectively stored, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the length of the original first timer.
  • the first information further includes: a second duration; where the second duration is different from the duration in the parameter of the first timer.
  • the second duration is used to instruct the target network device for the UE to retain the effective duration of the UE-related information, or the second duration is used to make the UE and the network retain the effective duration of the UE-related information consistent.
  • the second duration is different from the duration of the first timer.
  • the second processing unit 82 may also determine the second duration by itself according to the information issued by the source network device.
  • the second duration may be implemented by a new timer, for example, it may be implemented by a second timer different from the first timer.
  • the UE starts the second timer after receiving the handover command.
  • the UE considers that the UE information retained by the target network device is valid.
  • this embodiment can also provide the following more processing scenarios. It should be pointed out that the following scenarios can also be used alone, or In other words, the following two processing scenarios can be executed without executing the processing provided by the foregoing embodiment, which are specifically as follows:
  • the second processing unit 82 performs handover based on the handover command, and during the handover process, when a third preset condition is met, fall back from non-contention-based random access to contention-based random access;
  • the third preset condition includes at least one of the following:
  • Random access resources based on non-competition are invalid
  • CFRA contention-based random access
  • CBRA contention-based random access
  • the second processing unit 82 when the non-contention-based random access fails, may indicate the random access failure to the higher layer through the second communication unit 81.
  • the random access failure may not be indicated to the higher layer.
  • the method further includes: when the non-contention-based random access fails, not indicating the random access failure to the higher layer. That is to say, when the UE side judges that CFRA fails (or CFRA is invalid), the Media Access Control (MAC, Media Access Control) layer does not indicate random access failure (Random Access problem) to the higher layer.
  • CFRA CFRA fails
  • MAC Media Access Control
  • the second processing unit performs one of the following:
  • Processing is based on at least one set of non-competitive random access resources among multiple sets of non-competitive random access resources; when processing based on at least one set of non-competitive random access resources fails, random access is not indicated to the higher layer failure;
  • the processing is performed based on the first non-competition-based random access resource among the multiple sets of non-competition random access resources; when it is determined that the processing of the first non-competition-based random access resource fails, if there is a Non-competitive random access resources other than non-competitive random access resources will not indicate random access failure to the higher layer;
  • the processing is performed based on the first non-competition-based random access resource among the multiple sets of non-competition random access resources; when it is determined that the processing of the first non-competition-based random access resource fails, if there is a Other non-competitive random access resources other than the non-competitive random access resources indicate random access failure to the higher layer.
  • multiple sets of non-contention random access resources can be configured for the UE through the second communication unit.
  • the second processing unit controls to perform processing through one set of non-competitive random access resources.
  • the second communication unit can indicate the random access failure to the higher layer. Then you can select another set of non-competitive random access resources for access.
  • This processing scenario may include: multiple sets of non-contention random access resources may be configured for the UE.
  • the second processing unit 82 controls to perform processing through at least one set of non-competitive random access resources.
  • the random access failure can be indicated to the upper layer, or the random access failure can not be indicated to the upper layer. Or, it can also indicate random access failure to higher layers when all access fails, or not indicate random access failure to higher layers
  • this processing scenario may include: a second processing unit 82, when it is determined that the processing of the first non-competition-based random access resource fails, if there are other than the first non-contention-based random access resource For other non-competitive random access resources, no random access failure is indicated to the higher layer.
  • the difference from the aforementioned processing scenario 1 is that multiple sets of CFRA resources can be set in this scenario.
  • different CFRA resources at least one of the following configurations is different: the valid start of the resource is different, the PRACH scenario occurrence identifier index is different, and the PRACH The resource time domain/frequency domain position interval is different, and the preamble identifier index of the preamble sequence is different.
  • the first information can assist the UE to determine that the effective duration of its own UE-related information is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, or assist in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information.
  • the UE side and the network side have a corresponding understanding of the effective duration of storing UE-related information, thereby avoiding repeated access caused by the network side releasing UE-related information when the UE performs handover or random access. If necessary, increase the speed at which the UE and the network side restore the connection.
  • the embodiment of the application provides a source network device, as shown in FIG. 17, including:
  • the third processing unit 91 selects a handover target network device
  • the third communication unit 92 sends a handover request to the target network device; receives the handover request confirmation information fed back by the target network device; sends second information to the target network device; wherein the second information is used to assist the target network device in determining
  • the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device determined by the UE.
  • specific indication information can be sent to the target network device/candidate target network device, such as a handover command sending confirmation message, to ensure that the UE and the target network device have relevant information about the UE Whether the understanding is valid or not is consistent, or indicate to the target network device that the handover command to the UE is sent successfully, or indicate to the target network device that the resource maintenance/timer maintenance state restarts.
  • the third processing unit 91 Before sending the second information to the target network device, the third processing unit 91 sends a handover command to the UE; or, successfully sends a handover command to the UE, or receives an indication that the UE has successfully received the handover command.
  • sending a handover command to the UE can be understood as the source network device sending a handover command to the UE for the first time; in addition, sending the second information can be the fifth preset time period after the handover command is sent for the first time; of course, if The source network device can send the handover command multiple times, it can also be understood as sending the handover command for the second time, or the third time, which will not be exhaustive here.
  • the successful sending of the handover command to the UE may be that when the confirmation information fed back by the UE is received, the handover command is considered to be successfully sent.
  • the timing of sending the second information may be the time when the handover command is confirmed to be successfully sent, or the confirmation When the sixth preset duration after the switch command is successfully sent.
  • the fifth preset duration and the sixth preset duration may be the same or different.
  • the second message can be sent when the UE receives the indication of the successful reception of the handover command; here, it can also be specifically that the second message is sent when the indication of the successful reception of the handover command is received.
  • the information can also be a period of time after receiving the indication that the handover command is successfully received, and then the second message is sent; here, the period of time can be set according to the actual situation, and it is not exhaustive.
  • UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: UE context, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS parameters, service pattern information
  • this embodiment may also provide the following more processing scenarios. It should be pointed out that the following scenarios can also be used alone, that is, the following two processing scenarios can be executed without performing the processing provided in the foregoing embodiment, as follows:
  • the third communication unit 92 configures non-contention-based random access resources for the UE.
  • the third communication unit 92 sends a handover command to the UE
  • the handover command carries at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources, or the handover command carries at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources and the priority of each set of non-competition-based random access resources. level.
  • the effective start of the resource is different, the PRACH timing identifier is different, the time domain/frequency domain position interval of the PRACH resource is different, the preamble sequence parameter is different, and the preamble sequence identifier is different.
  • the first information can assist the UE to determine that the effective duration of its own UE-related information is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, or assist in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information.
  • the UE side and the network side have a corresponding understanding of the effective duration of storing UE-related information, thereby avoiding repeated access caused by the network side releasing UE-related information when the UE performs handover or random access. If necessary, increase the speed at which the UE and the network side restore the connection.
  • the embodiment of the application provides a target network device, as shown in FIG. 18, including:
  • the fourth communication unit 1001 receives a handover request sent by a source network device; sends a handover request confirmation message to the source network device; receives second information sent by the source network device; wherein the second information is used to assist the target
  • the network device determines that the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device determined by the UE.
  • specific indication information can be sent to the target network device/candidate target network device, such as a handover command sending confirmation message, to ensure that the UE and the target network device have relevant information about the UE Whether the understanding is valid or not is consistent, or indicate to the target network device that the handover command to the UE is sent successfully, or indicate to the target network device that the resource maintenance/timer maintenance state restarts.
  • the fourth communication unit 1001 sends a handover command to the UE; or, successfully sends a handover command to the UE.
  • sending a handover command to the UE can be understood as the source network device sending a handover command to the UE for the first time; in addition, sending the second information can be the fifth preset time period after the handover command is sent for the first time; of course, if The source network device can send the handover command multiple times, it can also be understood as sending the handover command for the second time, or the third time, which will not be exhaustive here.
  • the successful sending of the handover command to the UE may be that when the confirmation information fed back by the UE is received, the handover command is considered to be successfully sent.
  • the timing of sending the second information may be the time when the handover command is confirmed to be successfully sent, or the confirmation When the sixth preset duration after the switch command is successfully sent.
  • the fifth preset duration and the sixth preset duration may be the same or different.
  • the second information includes at least one of the following:
  • the second information that is, the specific indication message/information
  • the second information is used to ensure that the UE and the target network device have the same understanding of whether the UE-related information is valid, or indicate to the target network device the handover command sent by the source network device to the UE
  • the transmission is successful, or the source network device has sent a switching command, or instructs the resource maintenance behavior/status reset to the target network device, or instructs the target network device to restart the timer maintenance state.
  • UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: UE context, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS parameters, service pattern information
  • this embodiment may also provide the following more processing scenarios. It should be pointed out that the following scenarios can also be used alone, that is, the following two processing scenarios can be executed without performing the processing provided in the foregoing embodiment, as follows:
  • the fourth communication unit 1001 configures non-contention-based random access resources for the UE
  • the UE performs handover based on the handover command, and during the handover process, when the third preset condition is met, fall back from non-contention-based random access to contention-based random access;
  • the third preset condition includes at least one of the following:
  • Random access resources based on non-competition are invalid
  • CFRA contention-based random access
  • CBRA contention-based random access
  • CBRA contention-based random access
  • Processing scenario 2 Multiple sets of non-contention random access resources can be indicated for the UE.
  • This embodiment may further include: the fourth communication unit 1001 sending a handover command to the UE;
  • the handover command carries at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources, or the handover command carries at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources and the priority of each set of non-competition-based random access resources. level.
  • the effective start of the resource is different, the PRACH timing identifier is different, the time domain/frequency domain position interval of the PRACH resource is different, the preamble sequence parameter is different, and the preamble sequence identifier is different.
  • multiple sets of non-contention random access resources can be configured for the UE.
  • the UE can perform processing through one set of non-contention random access resources.
  • the random access failure can be indicated to the higher layer.
  • the UE can again select another set of non-competitive random access resources for access. That is to say, at this time, the third communication unit may also receive the information that the access fails based on a certain set of non-competitive random access resources from the UE.
  • This processing scenario may include: multiple sets of non-contention random access resources may be configured for the UE. At this time, the UE can perform processing through at least one set of non-contention random access resources. At this time, when any one set of access fails, the random access failure can be indicated to the upper layer, or the random access failure can not be indicated to the upper layer. Or, it can also indicate random access failure to higher layers when all access fails, or not indicate random access failure to higher layers
  • this processing scenario may include: multiple sets of non-contention random access resources may be configured for the UE.
  • multiple sets of non-contention random access resources may be configured for the UE.
  • the UE can perform processing through one set of non-contention random access resources. At this time, if a failure occurs, the random access failure may not be indicated to the higher layer. Then the UE can again select another set of non-competitive random access resources for access.
  • the first information can assist the UE to determine that the effective duration of its own UE-related information is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, or assist in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information.
  • the UE side and the network side have a corresponding understanding of the effective duration of storing UE-related information, thereby avoiding repeated access caused by the network side releasing UE-related information when the UE performs handover or random access. If necessary, increase the speed at which the UE and the network side restore the connection.
  • the embodiment of the application provides a target network device, as shown in FIG. 19, including:
  • the fifth communication unit 1101 sends the first information to the source network device
  • the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
  • the target network device determines the first information and instructs it to the UE through the source network device. Specifically:
  • the fifth communication unit 1101 sends handover request confirmation information to the source network device, where the handover request confirmation information carries the first information.
  • the first information is used to indicate the retention time of the UE related information in the target network device.
  • the first information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: the end time of the effective retention of UE-related information, the time period during which the UE-related information is effectively retained, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the value of the first timer The duration of the first timer when it is turned on.
  • the UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: contextual content of the UE, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS (Quality of Service) parameters, and service type information.
  • the time when the first timer is started may be understood as an absolute time, or expressed in a wireless frame.
  • the absolute time can be determined based on world time.
  • the target network equipment also includes:
  • the fifth processing unit 1102 when the second preset condition is met, starts the first timer
  • the second preset condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the target network device sends a handover request confirmation message; receives a message sent by the source network device indicating to start the first timer; and receives the second message.
  • the target network device sending the handover request confirmation information can be when the handover request confirmation information is sent, or the first moment after the handover confirmation information is sent; the first moment can be set according to the actual situation, for example, it can be 0.6ms, etc. Wait, there is no limit here.
  • receiving the message sent by the source network device instructing to start the first timer may be the moment when the instruction information sent by the source network device to start the first timer is received, the first timer is started, or it may also be At a second time after receiving the instruction message to start the first timer from the source network device, the first timer is started.
  • the second time can be set according to the actual situation, for example, it can be set to 1ms.
  • this embodiment may also provide the following more processing scenarios. It should be pointed out that the following scenarios can also be used alone, that is, the following two processing scenarios can be executed without performing the processing provided in the foregoing embodiment, as follows:
  • the fifth communication unit 1101 configures a non-contention-based random access resource for the UE; the random access resource may be configured by the target base station for the UE, and then sent to the UE through the source network device.
  • Processing scenario 2 Multiple sets of non-contention random access resources can be indicated for the UE.
  • the method also includes:
  • the effective start of the resource is different, the PRACH timing identifier is different, the time domain/frequency domain position interval of the PRACH resource is different, the preamble sequence parameter is different, and the preamble sequence identifier is different.
  • At least one set of non-competition-based random access resources, or at least one set of non-competition random access resources and their corresponding priorities, sent to the source network device, is ultimately sent to the source network device. Sent to UE.
  • the first information can assist the UE to determine that the effective duration of its own UE-related information is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, or assist in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information.
  • the UE side and the network side have a corresponding understanding of the effective duration of storing UE-related information, thereby avoiding repeated access caused by the network side releasing UE-related information when the UE performs handover or random access. If necessary, increase the speed at which the UE and the network side restore the connection.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may be the aforementioned UE or network device in this embodiment.
  • the communication device 1200 shown in FIG. 20 includes a processor 1210, and the processor 610 can call and run a computer program from a memory to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1200 may further include a memory 1220.
  • the processor 1210 can call and run a computer program from the memory 1220 to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 1220 may be a separate device independent of the processor 1210, or may be integrated in the processor 610.
  • the communication device 1200 may further include a transceiver 1230, and the processor 1210 may control the transceiver 1230 to communicate with other devices. Specifically, it may send information or data to other devices, or receive other devices. Information or data sent by the device.
  • the communication device 1200 may specifically be a UE or a network device of an embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1200 may implement the corresponding procedures implemented by the mobile terminal/UE in each method of the embodiments of the present application. For simplicity, I will not repeat them here.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip of an embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip 1300 shown in FIG. 21 includes a processor 1310, and the processor 1310 can call and run a computer program from the memory to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip 1300 may further include a memory 1320.
  • the processor 1310 may call and run a computer program from the memory 1320 to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 1320 may be a separate device independent of the processor 1310, or it may be integrated in the processor 1310.
  • the chip 1300 may further include an input interface 1330 and an output interface 1340.
  • the chip can be applied to the network device or UE in the embodiment of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip can implement the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system 1400 according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 22, the communication system 1400 includes a UE 1410 and a network device 1420.
  • the UE 1410 may be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the UE in the foregoing method
  • the network device 1420 may be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the network device in the foregoing method.
  • details are not described herein again.
  • the processor of the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability.
  • the steps of the foregoing method embodiments can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • the aforementioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a ready-made programmable gate array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other Programming logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • DSP Digital Signal Processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA ready-made programmable gate array
  • the methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be a random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Double Data Rate SDRAM DDR SDRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Synchlink DRAM SLDRAM
  • DR RAM Direct Rambus RAM
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application may also be static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), Synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection Dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM), etc. That is to say, the memory in the embodiment of the present application is intended to include but not limited to these and any other suitable types of memory.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer programs.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program causes the computer to execute the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be applied to the UE in the embodiment of the present application, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the corresponding process implemented by the mobile terminal/UE in each method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program causes the computer to execute the corresponding process implemented by the mobile terminal/UE in each method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, including computer program instructions.
  • the computer program product may be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program product can be applied to the mobile terminal/UE in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/UE in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application, for the sake of brevity , I won’t repeat it here.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program.
  • the computer program can be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program runs on the computer, the computer is caused to execute the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • I won’t repeat it here.
  • the computer program can be applied to the mobile terminal/UE in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer program runs on the computer, the computer can execute the corresponding methods implemented by the mobile terminal/UE in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, the process will not be repeated here.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • each unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory,) ROM, random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

Abstract

Disclosed are a handoff processing method, UE, a network device, a chip, a computer-readable storage medium, a computer program product, and a computer program. The method comprises: transmitting first information to user equipment (UE), wherein the first information is at least used to assist the UE to determine whether the effective duration of UE-related information at a UE side is consistent with that at a network side, or is used to determine an effective duration of UE-related information.

Description

一种切换处理方法、用户设备及网络设备Handover processing method, user equipment and network equipment 技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及信息处理技术领域,尤其涉及一种切换处理方法、用户设备(UE,User Equipment)、网络设备及计算机存储介质、芯片、计算机可读存储介质、计算机程序产品以及计算机程序。The present invention relates to the field of information processing technology, and in particular to a handover processing method, User Equipment (UE, User Equipment), network equipment and computer storage media, chips, computer readable storage media, computer program products, and computer programs.
背景技术Background technique
在新无线免授权(NR-U,New Radio Unlicensed)中,对下行发送,网络设备需要执行先侦听后传输(LBT,Listen Before Talk)。如果侦听的结果表示该信道为占用状态,则网络设备需要根据规定回退一段时间再继续侦听信道,知道信道侦听结果为空闲状态,才能向UE传输数据,如切换命令。由于切换过程中,源网络设备可以为NR-U的网络设备,网络设备只能在信道空闲态发送切换命令,这就导致实际上切换命令下发给UE时,跟目标网络设备给源网络设备发送切换命令(切换请求确认(ACK))之间间隔了很长时间,导致资源失效。In New Radio Unlicensed (NR-U, New Radio Unlicensed), for downlink transmission, network equipment needs to perform listening before transmission (LBT, Listen Before Talk). If the listening result indicates that the channel is in an occupied state, the network device needs to back off for a period of time according to regulations before continuing to listen to the channel, knowing that the channel listening result is idle, before transmitting data, such as a handover command, to the UE. Since the source network device can be an NR-U network device during the handover process, the network device can only send the handover command when the channel is idle. This leads to the fact that when the handover command is actually issued to the UE, it will follow the target network device to the source network device. There is a long time interval between sending handover commands (Handover Request Acknowledgement (ACK)), causing resource failure.
发明内容Summary of the invention
为解决上述技术问题,本发明实施例提供了一种切换处理方法、UE、网络设备及计算机存储介质、芯片、计算机可读存储介质、计算机程序产品以及计算机程序。To solve the foregoing technical problems, embodiments of the present invention provide a handover processing method, UE, network equipment, and computer storage medium, chip, computer readable storage medium, computer program product, and computer program.
第一方面,提供了一种切换处理方法,应用于源网络设备,包括:In the first aspect, a handover processing method is provided, which is applied to a source network device, including:
将第一信息发送至用户设备UE;Sending the first information to the user equipment UE;
其中,所述第一信息至少用于辅助UE确定UE侧和网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者用于确定UE相关信息的有效时长Wherein, the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information
第二方面,提供了一种切换处理方法,应用于用户设备UE,所述方法包括:In a second aspect, a handover processing method is provided, which is applied to a user equipment UE, and the method includes:
接收源网络设备发来的第一信息;Receiving the first information sent by the source network device;
其中,所述第一信息至少用于辅助UE确定UE侧和网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者用于确定UE相关信息的有效时长Wherein, the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information
第三方面,提供了一种切换处理方法,应用于源网络设备,包括:In a third aspect, a handover processing method is provided, which is applied to a source network device, including:
选择切换目标网络设备,向目标网络设备发送切换请求;Select the target network device for switching, and send a switching request to the target network device;
接收目标网络设备反馈的切换请求确认信息;Receiving the handover request confirmation information fed back by the target network device;
向所述目标网络设备发送第二信息;其中,所述第二信息用于辅助目标网络设备确定所述目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长、与UE所确定的目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长一致。Sending second information to the target network device; wherein the second information is used to assist the target network device in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device, and the UE stored in the target network device determined by the UE The valid duration of the relevant information is the same.
第四方面,提供了一种切换处理方法,应用于目标网络设备,包括:In a fourth aspect, a handover processing method is provided, which is applied to a target network device, including:
接收源网络设备发送的切换请求;Receive the handover request sent by the source network device;
向所述源网络设备发送切换请求确认信息;Sending handover request confirmation information to the source network device;
接收所述源网络设备发送的第二信息;其中,所述第二信息用于辅助目标网络设备确定所述目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长、与UE所确定的目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长一致。Receiving second information sent by the source network device; where the second information is used to assist the target network device in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device, and the information stored in the target network device determined by the UE The valid duration of UE-related information is consistent.
第五方面,提供了一种源网络设备,包括:In a fifth aspect, a source network device is provided, including:
第一通信单元,将第一信息发送至用户设备UE;The first communication unit sends the first information to the user equipment UE;
其中,所述第一信息至少用于辅助UE确定UE侧和网络侧的UE相关信息的有效 时长一致,或者用于确定UE相关信息的有效时长。Wherein, the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
第六方面,提供了一种UE,包括:In a sixth aspect, a UE is provided, including:
第二通信单元,接收源网络设备发来的第一信息;The second communication unit receives the first information sent by the source network device;
其中,所述第一信息至少用于辅助UE确定UE侧和网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者用于确定UE相关信息的有效时长。Wherein, the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
第七方面,提供了一种源网络设备,包括:In a seventh aspect, a source network device is provided, including:
第三处理单元,选择切换目标网络设备;The third processing unit selects the switching target network device;
第三通信单元,向目标网络设备发送切换请求;接收目标网络设备反馈的切换请求确认信息;向所述目标网络设备发送第二信息;其中,所述第二信息用于辅助目标网络设备确定所述目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长、与UE所确定的目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长一致。The third communication unit sends a handover request to the target network device; receives the handover request confirmation information fed back by the target network device; sends second information to the target network device; wherein the second information is used to assist the target network device in determining the location The effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device determined by the UE.
第八方面,提供了一种目标网络设备,包括:In an eighth aspect, a target network device is provided, including:
第四通信单元,接收源网络设备发送的切换请求;The fourth communication unit receives the handover request sent by the source network device;
向所述源网络设备发送切换请求确认信息;Sending handover request confirmation information to the source network device;
接收所述源网络设备发送的第二信息;其中,所述第二信息用于辅助目标网络设备确定所述目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长、与UE所确定的目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长一致。Receiving second information sent by the source network device; where the second information is used to assist the target network device in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device, and the information stored in the target network device determined by the UE The valid duration of UE-related information is consistent.
第九方面,提供了一种切换处理方法,应用于目标网络设备,包括:In a ninth aspect, a handover processing method is provided, which is applied to a target network device, including:
将第一信息发送至源网络设备;Sending the first information to the source network device;
其中,所述第一信息至少用于辅助UE确定UE侧和网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者用于确定UE相关信息的有效时长。Wherein, the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
第十方面,提供了一种目标网络设备,包括:In a tenth aspect, a target network device is provided, including:
第五通信单元,将第一信息发送至源网络设备;The fifth communication unit sends the first information to the source network device;
其中,所述第一信息至少用于辅助UE确定UE侧和网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者用于确定UE相关信息的有效时长。Wherein, the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
第十一方面,提供了一种终端设备,包括处理器和存储器。该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于调用并运行该存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行上述第二方面或其各实现方式中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a terminal device is provided, including a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the method in the above-mentioned second aspect or each of its implementation modes.
第十二方面,提供了一种网络设备,包括处理器和存储器。该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于调用并运行该存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行上述第一方面、第三方面、第四方面、第五方面或其各实现方式中的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a network device is provided, including a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the methods in the first aspect, the third aspect, the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, or each implementation manner thereof.
第十三方面,提供了一种芯片,用于实现上述第一方面至第五方面中的任一方面或其各实现方式中的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a chip is provided, which is used to implement any one of the above-mentioned first to fifth aspects or the method in each implementation manner thereof.
具体地,该芯片包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有该芯片的设备执行如上述第一方面至第五方面中的任一方面或其各实现方式中的方法。Specifically, the chip includes: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from the memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes any one of the first aspect to the fifth aspect or the implementation manners thereof. method.
第十四方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第五方面中的任一方面或其各实现方式中的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided for storing a computer program that enables a computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first to fifth aspects or the method in each implementation manner thereof.
第十五方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令,该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第五方面中的任一方面或其各实现方式中的方法。In a fifteenth aspect, a computer program product is provided, including computer program instructions that cause a computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first to fifth aspects or the method in each implementation manner thereof.
第十六方面,提供了一种计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第五方面中的任一方面或其各实现方式中的方法。In a sixteenth aspect, a computer program is provided, which when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first to fifth aspects or the method in each implementation manner thereof.
通过采用上述方案,通过第一信息辅助UE确定自身的UE相关信息的有效时长与网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者,辅助确定UE相关信息的有效时长。如此,保证UE侧与网络侧对于保存UE相关信息的有效时长的理解相对应,从而避免UE在进行切换执行或者随机接入的时候,由于网络侧释放UE相关信息而导致的重复接入等不必要的,提升UE与网络侧恢复连接的速度。By adopting the above solution, the first information assists the UE in determining that the effective duration of its own UE-related information is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, or assists in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information. In this way, it is ensured that the UE side and the network side have a corresponding understanding of the effective duration of storing UE-related information, thereby avoiding repeated access caused by the network side releasing UE-related information when the UE performs handover or random access. If necessary, increase the speed at which the UE and the network side restore the connection.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统架构的示意性图一;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram 1 of a communication system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种切换处理方法流程示意图一;FIG. 2 is a first schematic flowchart of a handover processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种切换处理方法流程示意图二;FIG. 3 is a second schematic diagram of the flow of a handover processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种场景示意图一;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram 1 of a scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种场景示意图二;FIG. 5 is a second schematic diagram of a scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种切换处理方法流程示意图三;FIG. 6 is a third schematic flowchart of a handover processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种切换处理方法流程示意图四;FIG. 7 is a fourth schematic flowchart of a handover processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种切换处理方法流程示意图五;FIG. 8 is a fifth schematic flowchart of a handover processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种切换处理方法流程示意图六;FIG. 9 is a sixth schematic flowchart of a handover processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种切换处理方法流程示意图七;FIG. 10 is a seventh schematic flowchart of a handover processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种切换处理方法流程示意图八;FIG. 11 is an eighth flowchart of a handover processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种切换处理方法流程示意图九;FIG. 12 is a ninth flowchart of a handover processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种切换处理方法流程示意图十;FIG. 13 is a tenth schematic flowchart of a handover processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例提供的一种切换处理方法流程示意图十一;FIG. 14 is an eleventh flowchart of a handover processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备组成结构示意图一;15 is a schematic diagram 1 of the structure of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16是本申请实施例提供的一种UE组成结构示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a structure of a UE provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图17是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备组成结构示意图二;FIG. 17 is a second schematic diagram of the composition structure of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图18是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备组成结构示意图三;FIG. 18 is a third schematic diagram of the composition structure of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图19是本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备组成结构示意图四;FIG. 19 is a fourth schematic diagram of the composition structure of a network device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图20为本发明实施例提供的一种通信设备组成结构示意图;20 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present invention;
图21是本申请实施例提供的一种芯片的示意性框图;FIG. 21 is a schematic block diagram of a chip provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图22是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统架构的示意性图二。FIG. 22 is a second schematic diagram of a communication system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
为了能够更加详尽地了解本发明实施例的特点与技术内容,下面结合附图对本发明实施例的实现进行详细阐述,所附附图仅供参考说明之用,并非用来限定本发明实施例。In order to understand the features and technical content of the embodiments of the present invention in more detail, the implementation of the embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. The accompanying drawings are for reference and description purposes only, and are not used to limit the embodiments of the present invention.
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are a part of the embodiments of the present application, not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art without creative work shall fall within the protection scope of this application.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access,WiMAX)通信系统或5G系统等。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Global System of Mobile Communication (GSM) system, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, and Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, LTE Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) communication system or 5G system, etc.
示例性的,本申请实施例应用的通信系统100可以如图1所示。该通信系统100可以包括网络设备110,网络设备110可以是与UE120(或称为通信终端、终端)通信的设备。网络设备110可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,并且可以与位于该覆盖区域内的UE进行通信。可选地,该网络设备110可以是GSM系统或CDMA系统中的网络设备(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是WCDMA系统中的网络设备(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型网络设备(Evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB), 或者是云无线接入网络(Cloud Radio Access Network,CRAN)中的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为移动交换中心、中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备、集线器、交换机、网桥、路由器、5G网络中的网络侧设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)中的网络设备等。Exemplarily, the communication system 100 applied in the embodiment of the present application may be as shown in FIG. 1. The communication system 100 may include a network device 110, and the network device 110 may be a device that communicates with a UE 120 (or called a communication terminal or a terminal). The network device 110 may provide communication coverage for a specific geographic area, and may communicate with UEs located in the coverage area. Optionally, the network equipment 110 may be a network equipment (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in a GSM system or a CDMA system, a network equipment (NodeB, NB) in a WCDMA system, or an evolution in an LTE system Type network equipment (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB), or a wireless controller in the Cloud Radio Access Network (CRAN), or the network equipment may be a mobile switching center, a relay station, an access point, In-vehicle devices, wearable devices, hubs, switches, bridges, routers, network side devices in 5G networks, or network devices in the future evolution of the Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN), etc.
该通信系统100还包括位于网络设备110覆盖范围内的至少一个UE120。作为在此使用的“UE”包括但不限于经由有线线路连接,如经由公共交换电话网络(Public Switched Telephone Networks,PSTN)、数字用户线路(Digital Subscriber Line,DSL)、数字电缆、直接电缆连接;和/或另一数据连接/网络;和/或经由无线接口,如,针对蜂窝网络、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Network,WLAN)、诸如DVB-H网络的数字电视网络、卫星网络、AM-FM广播发送器;和/或另一UE的被设置成接收/发送通信信号的装置;和/或物联网(Internet of Things,IoT)设备。被设置成通过无线接口通信的UE可以被称为“无线通信终端”、“无线终端”或“移动终端”。The communication system 100 also includes at least one UE 120 located within the coverage area of the network device 110. "UE" as used herein includes but is not limited to connection via wired lines, such as via public switched telephone networks (PSTN), digital subscriber lines (Digital Subscriber Line, DSL), digital cables, and direct cable connections; And/or another data connection/network; and/or via a wireless interface, such as for cellular networks, wireless local area networks (WLAN), digital TV networks such as DVB-H networks, satellite networks, AM-FM Broadcast transmitter; and/or another UE's device configured to receive/send communication signals; and/or Internet of Things (IoT) equipment. A UE set to communicate through a wireless interface may be referred to as a "wireless communication terminal", a "wireless terminal" or a "mobile terminal".
可选地,UE120之间可以进行终端直连(Device to Device,D2D)通信。Optionally, direct terminal connection (Device to Device, D2D) communication may be performed between UEs 120.
3GPP RAN工作组在2018年12月份同意了NR非授权工作方式的立项(WID RP-182878),该项目的目标是使得NR工作在非授权频段,包括如下几种工作场景:载波聚合场景;双连接工作场景;独立工作场景。The 3GPP RAN working group agreed to the establishment of the NR unlicensed working method (WID RP-182878) in December 2018. The goal of this project is to make NR work in the unlicensed frequency band, including the following working scenarios: carrier aggregation scenario; dual Connection work scene; independent work scene.
一般来说,NR-U的工作频带(Band)为5GHz非授权频谱和6GHz非授权频谱,(e.g.,US 5925–7125MHz,or European 5925–6425MHz,or parts thereof);在非授权频谱上,NR-U的设计应该保证与其他已经工作在这些非授权频谱上的系统之间的公平性,比如,WiFi等。公平性的原则是,NR-U对于已经部署在非授权频谱上的系统(比如,WiFi)的影响不能超过这些系统之间的影响。Generally speaking, the working band of NR-U is 5GHz unlicensed spectrum and 6GHz unlicensed spectrum, (eg, US 5925-7125MHz, or European 5925-6425MHz, or parts thereof); on unlicensed spectrum, NR -U's design should ensure fairness with other systems that are already working on these unlicensed spectrums, such as WiFi. The principle of fairness is that the impact of NR-U on systems that have been deployed on unlicensed spectrum (for example, WiFi) cannot exceed the impact between these systems.
为了保证在非授权频谱上各系统之间的公平性共存,能量检测已经被同意作为一个基本的共存机制。一般的能量检测机制为LBT机制,该机制的基本原理为,网络设备或者终端(传输端)在非授权频谱上传输数据之前,需要先按照规定侦听一段时间。如果侦听的结果表示该信道为空闲状态,则传输端可以给接收端传输数据。如果侦听的结果表示该信道为占用状态,则传输端需要根据规定回退一段时间再继续侦听信道,知道信道侦听结果为空闲状态,才能向接收端传输数据。In order to ensure fair coexistence between systems on unlicensed spectrum, energy detection has been agreed as a basic coexistence mechanism. The general energy detection mechanism is the LBT mechanism. The basic principle of the mechanism is that a network device or terminal (transmission end) needs to listen for a period of time according to regulations before transmitting data on an unlicensed spectrum. If the result of the listening indicates that the channel is idle, the transmitting end can transmit data to the receiving end. If the listening result indicates that the channel is in an occupied state, the transmitting end needs to back off for a period of time according to regulations before continuing to listen to the channel, knowing that the channel listening result is in an idle state, before transmitting data to the receiving end.
LTE LAA非授权频段信道接入流程:LTE LAA unlicensed frequency band channel access process:
对于下行数据传输,在非授权频段上,网络设备需要执行LBT;在LAA中,信道接入的优先级由如下表决定:For downlink data transmission, network equipment needs to perform LBT on unlicensed frequency bands; in LAA, the priority of channel access is determined by the following table:
Figure PCTCN2019080648-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2019080648-appb-000001
其中Mp与执行信道接入的侦听信道时间有关系。具体的,网络设备需要先执行Td时间的信道侦听,其中Td=16us+Mp×9us。Among them, Mp is related to the listening channel time for channel access. Specifically, the network device needs to perform channel listening for Td time first, where Td=16us+Mp×9us.
CWmin,p和CWmax,p与信道接入过程中的随机侦听信道时间有关系。具体的,在网络设备侦听Td时间信道为空闲时,需要再侦听N次信道,每次时长为9us。其中N为一个从0到CWp之间的随机数。CWmin, p and CWmax, p are related to the random listening channel time during channel access. Specifically, when the network device listens to the channel for Td time and is idle, it needs to listen to the channel again N times, each with a duration of 9 us. Where N is a random number from 0 to CWp.
Tmcot,p为网络设备抢占到信道之后,占用信道的最长时间,它与网络设备采用的信道优先级有关系,比如优先级为1,则信道侦听成功之后,最多占用信道2ms。Tmcot, p is the longest time that the network device occupies the channel after it seizes the channel. It is related to the channel priority adopted by the network device. For example, if the priority is 1, the channel will be occupied for 2ms at most after the channel is successfully intercepted.
综上,对于UE侧来讲,网络设备给UE传输数据需要在MCOT时间之内,如果网络设备没有抢占到信道,也就是在MCOT时间之外,UE是不会收到网络设备给UE的 调度数据的。In summary, for the UE side, the network device needs to transmit data to the UE within the MCOT time. If the network device does not preempt the channel, that is, outside of the MCOT time, the UE will not receive the scheduling from the network device to the UE. data.
应理解,本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should be understood that the terms "system" and "network" in this article are often used interchangeably in this article. The term "and/or" in this article is only an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, exist alone B these three situations. In addition, the character "/" in this text generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.
为了能够更加详尽地了解本发明实施例的特点与技术内容,下面结合附图对本发明实施例的实现进行详细阐述,所附附图仅供参考说明之用,并非用来限定本发明实施例。In order to understand the features and technical content of the embodiments of the present invention in more detail, the implementation of the embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. The accompanying drawings are for reference and description purposes only, and are not used to limit the embodiments of the present invention.
本申请实施例提供了一种切换处理方法,应用于源网络设备,如图2所示,包括:The embodiment of the application provides a handover processing method, which is applied to a source network device, as shown in FIG. 2, including:
步骤21:将第一信息发送至用户设备UE;Step 21: Send the first information to the user equipment UE;
其中,所述第一信息至少用于辅助UE确定UE侧和网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者用于确定UE相关信息的有效时长。Wherein, the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
下面分多种场景对本实施方式提供的方案进行说明:The following describes the solution provided by this embodiment in multiple scenarios:
场景1、由目标网络设备确定第一信息,通过源网络设备指示给UE。具体来说: Scenario 1. The target network device determines the first information and instructs it to the UE through the source network device. Specifically:
所述方法还包括:接收候选目标网络设备发来的切换请求确认信息,所述切换请求确认信息中携带所述第一信息。The method further includes: receiving handover request confirmation information sent by the candidate target network device, where the handover request confirmation information carries the first information.
这种场景中,通过发送给UE的切换命令中携带所述第一信息;In this scenario, the first information is carried in the handover command sent to the UE;
所述第一信息用于指示UE相关信息在目标网络设备的保留时间。所述第一信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE相关信息有效存留的终止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备之间的时间差信息,第一定时器的开启的时刻,第一定时器的时长。The first information is used to indicate the retention time of the UE related information in the target network device. The first information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: the end time of the effective retention of UE-related information, the time period during which the UE-related information is effectively retained, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the value of the first timer The duration of the first timer when it is turned on.
其中,所述UE相关信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE的上下文内容,预留资源/配置,RA资源,承载对应的配置,QoS(Quality of Service,)参数,业务类型信息。Wherein, the UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: contextual content of the UE, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS (Quality of Service) parameters, and service type information.
其中,所述第一定时器的开启的时刻,可以为理解为绝对时刻,或者无线帧来表示。其中,绝对时刻可以为基于世界时间确定的。Wherein, the time when the first timer is started may be understood as an absolute time, or expressed in a wireless frame. Among them, the absolute time can be determined based on world time.
本场景中,具体的处理流程,结合图3,可以如下:In this scenario, the specific processing flow, combined with Figure 3, can be as follows:
源网络设备选择候选切换目标网络设备,向候选目标网络设备发送切换请求;The source network device selects a candidate switching target network device, and sends a switching request to the candidate target network device;
候选目标网络设备进行切换决定,确定是否可以接入该UE。若可,候选目标网络设备(即可以作为UE能够接入的目标网络设备之一)将向源网络设备发送切换请求确认,同时在该消息中携带第一信息;其中,所述第一定时器,用于维护所述UE相关信息在候选目标网络设备侧保存的有效时长。需要指出的是,第一定时器在网络设备侧可以为T304。关于T304的作用可以为下表所示:The candidate target network device makes a handover decision to determine whether it can access the UE. If possible, the candidate target network device (that is, one of the target network devices that can be accessed by the UE) will send a handover request confirmation to the source network device, and at the same time carry the first information in the message; wherein, the first timer , Used to maintain the effective duration of the UE-related information saved on the candidate target network device side. It should be pointed out that the first timer may be T304 on the network device side. The role of T304 can be shown in the following table:
Figure PCTCN2019080648-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2019080648-appb-000002
由上表可知,在切换中,引入T304定时器,用于指示有效切换的时间。T304在切换命令收到时开启,在RA成功时停止。若T304超时时,切换RA未成功,需要进行RRC重建或执行SCG失败信息过程。通常理解为,目标网络设备在切换请求ACK中携带给UE的T304,且在该信息传输后开启对应T304的定时器,当定时器超时时,目标网络设备将删除给UE预留的资源配置以及UE上下文。其中,当第一定时器超时,网络设备释放UE相关信息;当收到UE发送的切换完成消息时,若第一定时器还在运行,停止该定时器。It can be seen from the above table that in the handover, the T304 timer is introduced to indicate the effective handover time. T304 turns on when the handover command is received, and stops when RA is successful. If T304 times out, the handover of RA is unsuccessful, and RRC re-establishment or SCG failure information procedure is required. It is generally understood that the target network device carries the T304 of the UE in the handover request ACK, and starts the timer corresponding to T304 after the information is transmitted. When the timer expires, the target network device will delete the resource configuration reserved for the UE and UE context. Wherein, when the first timer expires, the network device releases UE-related information; when receiving a handover complete message sent by the UE, if the first timer is still running, the timer is stopped.
需要指出的是,第一定时器也可以是一个新的定时器,即非T304定时器。目标基站和/或UE根据此新一定时器确定确定UE相关信息的有效时长,或者辅助基站和/或UE确定UE侧和网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致。It should be pointed out that the first timer may also be a new timer, that is, a non-T304 timer. The target base station and/or UE determines the effective duration of UE-related information according to this new timer, or the assisting base station and/or UE determines that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side is consistent.
需要指出的是,源网络设备可以在满足第一预设条件时,指示目标网络设备开启第一定时器;It should be pointed out that the source network device can instruct the target network device to start the first timer when the first preset condition is satisfied;
其中,第一预设条件,包括以下至少之一:Wherein, the first preset condition includes at least one of the following:
收到切换请求确认信息;发送切换命令;发送切换命令成功。其中,收到切换请求确认信息可以为,接收到切换请求确认信息的时候、或者接收到切换确认信息之后第一预设时长的时候;所述第一预设时长可以根据实际情况设置,比如,可以为0.5ms等等,这里不做限定。Receive handover request confirmation message; send handover command; send handover command successfully. Wherein, the handover request confirmation information can be received when the handover request confirmation information is received, or when the first preset time period after the handover confirmation information is received; the first preset time period can be set according to actual conditions, for example, It can be 0.5ms and so on, and there is no limitation here.
其中,发送切换命令,可以理解为,源网络设备向UE只要发送一条切换命令的时候,就满足第一预设条件;或者,可以为源网络设备向UE发送一条切换命令之后的第二预设时长的时候,确定为满足第一预设条件;第二预设时长可以根据实际情况进行设置,这里不再限定。Wherein, sending a handover command can be understood as the first preset condition when the source network device sends only one handover command to the UE; or, it can be the second preset after the source network device sends a handover command to the UE The duration is determined to meet the first preset condition; the second preset duration can be set according to actual conditions, and is not limited here.
发送切换命令成功,可以理解为发送切换命令成功的时刻,或者可以理解为发送切换命令成功之后第三预设时长的时候;第三预设时长也可以根据实际情况进行设置,不再限定。;The successful sending of the switching command can be understood as the moment when the switching command is successfully sent, or it can be understood as the third preset duration after the successful sending of the switching command; the third preset duration can also be set according to actual conditions and is not limited. ;
发送切换命令成功,或者可以理解为收到UE发送的切换命令成功接收指示的时候,或者可以理解为收到UE发送的切换命令成功接收指示之后第七预设时长的时候;第七预设时长也可以根据实际情况进行设置,不再限定。第一预设时长、第二预设时长、第三预设时长以及第七预设时长的长度可以相同或不同,或者,可以部分相同。The handover command is sent successfully, or it can be understood as when the handover command sent by the UE is successfully received, or it can be understood as when the handover command sent by the UE is successfully received after the seventh preset duration; the seventh preset duration It can also be set according to the actual situation and is no longer limited. The lengths of the first preset duration, the second preset duration, the third preset duration, and the seventh preset duration may be the same or different, or may be partially the same.
另外,关于发送切换命令成功的判定,可以为收到HARQ-确认ACK反馈时,或者收到无线链路控制(RLC,Radio Link Control)ARQ-ACK时。In addition, the determination of the success of sending the handover command can be when the HARQ-acknowledge ACK feedback is received, or when the radio link control (RLC, Radio Link Control) ARQ-ACK is received.
UE可以利用给第一信息确定开启第一定时器(timer)的时间和时长,进而确定网络侧UE相关信息的有效时长,也就是确定网络侧保存UE相关信息的资源的有效时长。The UE may use the first information to determine the time and duration to start the first timer (timer), and then determine the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, that is, determine the effective duration of the resource for storing UE-related information on the network side.
其中,目标网络设备和源网络设备的时间差,可以例如,两个网络设备之间GPS时间不同步时的时间差等。The time difference between the target network device and the source network device may be, for example, the time difference between the two network devices when the GPS time is not synchronized.
基于前述处理流程,再参见图3,可以包括:Based on the foregoing processing flow, referring to Figure 3 again, it may include:
源网络设备发送切换命令至UE;The source network device sends a handover command to the UE;
UE接收源网络设备发送的切换命令,根据切换命令的消息,执行切换过程。并且,UE根据切换命令中携带的第一信息,确定网络设备侧存留的UE相关信息是否有效。在UE相关信息valid时,例如定时器未超时,或者未到UE相关信息有效存留的截止时间点,UE执行切换过程,或切换中的RA过程。否则,认为切换失败,和/或,UE执行RRC连接重建过程(MCG切换)或向网络指示SCG失败信息过程。The UE receives the handover command sent by the source network device, and executes the handover process according to the message of the handover command. In addition, the UE determines whether the UE-related information stored on the network device side is valid according to the first information carried in the handover command. When the UE-related information is valid, for example, the timer has not expired or the deadline for valid retention of the UE-related information has not expired, the UE performs the handover process or the RA process during the handover. Otherwise, it is considered that the handover has failed, and/or the UE performs the RRC connection re-establishment procedure (MCG handover) or indicates the SCG failure information procedure to the network.
进一步地,结合图4、5进行说明,其中,横轴代表时间,从左到右代表时间从小到大。图4中示意出,当目标网络设备侧启动第一定时器之后直至第一定时器截止,为其保存UE相关信息的有效时长;在UE侧接收到源网络设备发来的切换命令的时候,启动自身的第一定时器,可以从图中看出,当目标网络设备的第一定时器截止的时候,UE侧的第一定时器还未停止,因此,可能会造成UE在切换过程中,UE认为目标网络设备还保存了相关信息而实际上目标网络设备已经释放该信息的可能。Further, it will be described with reference to Figures 4 and 5, where the horizontal axis represents time, and from left to right represents time from small to large. Figure 4 illustrates that when the target network device side starts the first timer until the first timer expires, it saves the effective duration of UE-related information; when the UE side receives a handover command from the source network device, Starting its own first timer, it can be seen from the figure that when the first timer of the target network device expires, the first timer on the UE side has not stopped. Therefore, the UE may be in the handover process. The UE thinks that the target network device still saves related information, but the target network device actually releases the information.
图5中示意出,UE能够接收源网络设备发来的切换命令,并且还会接收到其中携带的第一信息,根据第一信息确定目标网络设备侧保存的相关信息有效时长,进而UE能够在确定目标网络设备侧已经释放了相关信息的时候,不再进行切换或随机接入等处理。As shown in Figure 5, the UE can receive the handover command sent by the source network device, and will also receive the first information carried therein, and determine the valid duration of the relevant information stored on the target network device side according to the first information. When it is determined that the target network device side has released relevant information, no more processing such as handover or random access is performed.
可以看出,现有技术的缺点在于可能网络释放了UE资源,当时UE还认为当前的切换是可行的,导致不必要的时延和信令开销。本场景,UE能够确定目标网络设备实际维持UE context和配置的资源的有效时间,避免了UE和网络对资源预留理解的不一致,避免了不必要的UE行为,比如,一直尝试RA,但实际上网络已经释放UE context等了,使得UE能够尽快和网络恢复连接。It can be seen that the disadvantage of the prior art is that the network may release the UE resources. At that time, the UE still believes that the current handover is feasible, resulting in unnecessary delay and signaling overhead. In this scenario, the UE can determine the effective time that the target network device actually maintains the UE context and the configured resources, avoiding the inconsistency between the UE and the network's understanding of resource reservation, and avoiding unnecessary UE behavior. For example, it has been trying RA, but the actual The network has released the UE context and so on, so that the UE can resume the connection with the network as soon as possible.
场景2、与场景1不同在于,本场景的第一信息由源网络设备生成。Scenario 2 is different from scenario 1 in that the first information in this scenario is generated by the source network device.
所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
生成第一信息。Generate the first information.
本场景第一信息的具体内容可以与场景1不同,比如,其中可以包括:切换命令下发延迟的时间,或者,切换命令下发失败的次数。The specific content of the first information in this scenario may be different from scenario 1, for example, it may include: the delay time for issuance of the handover command, or the number of times the issuance of the handover command fails.
所述方法还包括以下之一:The method also includes one of the following:
在切换命令中携带第一信息;Carry the first information in the handover command;
在RRC消息中携带第一信息。The first information is carried in the RRC message.
也就是说,源网络设备在切换命令中,或者切换命令后的RRC消息中携带第一信息。其中,RRC消息可以为专用的RRC消息,用于将第一信息通知给UE。RRC消息的发送时刻,可以为在切换命令下发时、切换命令下发后的第一时刻发送给UE。其中,第一时刻与切换命令之间的时差可以为第四预设时长。That is, the source network device carries the first information in the handover command or the RRC message after the handover command. The RRC message may be a dedicated RRC message, which is used to notify the UE of the first information. The sending time of the RRC message may be sent to the UE when the handover command is issued or the first time after the handover command is issued. The time difference between the first moment and the handover command may be the fourth preset duration.
结合图6、7对本场景的处理进行说明:The processing of this scenario is described in conjunction with Figures 6 and 7:
源网络设备选择候选切换目标网络设备,向目标网络设备发送切换请求;The source network device selects a candidate to switch the target network device, and sends a switch request to the target network device;
候选目标网络设备进行切换决定HO decision,确定是否可以接入该UE。若可,候选目标网络设备将向源网络设备发送切换请求ACK。The candidate target network device performs handover decision HO decision to determine whether it can access the UE. If possible, the candidate target network device will send a handover request ACK to the source network device.
源网络设备生成第一信息,所述第一信息包含以下至少之一:HO命令下发延迟的时间,或者,HO command下发失败的次数。相应的,所述第一信息可以用于辅助UE确定以下信息至少之一:目标网络设备预留的资源和/或UE context的实际valid的时间/时间duration/截止时间,切换命令中包含的配置信息的实际valid的时间/时间duration/截止时间,目标网络设备第一定时器(比如,T304定时器)开启的时间,目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的起始时间,目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的截止时间,收到切换命令时目标网络设备定时器已经运行的时间,收到切换命令时目标网络设备已经保有UE相关信息的时间,收到切换命令时UE相关信息在目标网络设备剩余的有效时间。The source network device generates the first information, and the first information includes at least one of the following: the delay time for the issuance of the HO command, or the number of times the issuance of the HO command fails. Correspondingly, the first information may be used to assist the UE to determine at least one of the following information: resources reserved by the target network device and/or the actual valid time/time duration/dead time of the UE context, and the configuration included in the handover command The actual valid time/time duration/expiration time of the information, the start time of the first timer of the target network device (for example, T304 timer), the start time of the target network device holding UE-related information, and the target network device holding UE-related information The deadline is the time that the timer of the target network device has been running when the handover command is received, the time when the target network device has retained UE-related information when the handover command is received, and the UE-related information remains valid in the target network device when the handover command is received time.
其中,UE相关信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE context,预留资源/配置,RA资源,承载对应的配置,QoS参数,业务pattern信息。Among them, UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: UE context, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS parameters, and service pattern information.
其中,第一定时器的相关说明与场景1类似,不再赘述。Among them, the related description of the first timer is similar to scenario 1, and will not be repeated.
源网络设备发送切换命令。图6示意的方式中,源网络设备在发送切换命令之后发送第一信息,可以通过RRC信令携带;图7示意的方式中,源网络设备可以在切换命令中携带第一信息。The source network device sends a switch command. In the manner shown in FIG. 6, the source network device sends the first information after sending the handover command, which may be carried by RRC signaling; in the manner shown in FIG. 7, the source network device may carry the first information in the handover command.
UE接收源网络设备发送的切换命令,根据切换命令的消息,执行切换过程。UE接收包含第一信息的RRC消息,或者UE根据切换命令获取第一信息。UE根据第一信息,确定网络设备侧存留的UE相关信息是否valid。在UE相关信息valid时,例如定时器未超时,或者未到UE相关信息有效存留的截止时间点,UE执行切换过程,或切换中的RA过程。否则,认为切换失败,和/或,UE执行RRC连接重建过程(MCG切换)或向网络指示SCG失败信息过程。The UE receives the handover command sent by the source network device, and executes the handover process according to the message of the handover command. The UE receives the RRC message containing the first information, or the UE obtains the first information according to the handover command. The UE determines whether the UE-related information stored on the network device side is valid according to the first information. When the UE-related information is valid, for example, the timer has not expired or the deadline for valid retention of the UE-related information has not expired, the UE performs the handover process or the RA process during the handover. Otherwise, it is considered that the handover has failed, and/or the UE performs the RRC connection re-establishment procedure (MCG handover) or indicates the SCG failure information procedure to the network.
还需要指出的是,与前述处理流程存在不同的一种处理可以为,It should also be pointed out that a processing that is different from the foregoing processing flow can be:
所述第一信息,还包括以下至少之一:The first information further includes at least one of the following:
目标网络设备预留的资源;Resources reserved by the target network equipment;
UE上下文的实际有效时间、有效时长、截止时间中至少之一;At least one of the actual effective time, effective duration, and deadline of the UE context;
切换命令中包含的配置信息的实际有效时间、有效时长、截止时间中至少之一;At least one of the actual effective time, effective time, and deadline of the configuration information contained in the switching command;
目标网络设备的第一定时器开启的时间;The time when the first timer of the target network device is started;
目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的起始时间;The start time when the target network device holds UE-related information;
目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的截止时间;The deadline for the target network device to keep UE-related information;
发送切换命令时目标网络设备第一定时器已运行的时长;The length of time the first timer of the target network device has been running when the handover command is sent;
发送切换命令时目标网络设备已经保有UE相关信息的时长;The length of time the target network device has retained UE-related information when the handover command is sent;
发送切换命令时UE相关信息在目标网络设备剩余的有效时长。The remaining effective duration of the UE related information in the target network device when the handover command is sent.
也就是说,本场景中,可以由源设备侧进行辅助信息的确认,并发送给UE。其具体的确定方式,目标网络设备预留的资源,可以通过目标网络设备发送来的信息确定。UE上下文的有效时间可以根据目标网络设备发来的信息确定其保存该信息的有效时间,以及有效时长,以及截至时间中至少之一。由于切换命令中包含的配置信息的时机有效时长、截至时间等可以由源网络设备自身根据自身发送切换命令的时间来确定。另外,可以基于接收到目标网络设备发来的切换请求确认消息来确定目标网络设备中第一定时器的开启时间,相应的,就可以得到目标网络设备保留UE相关信息的起始时间;另外,由于源网络设备可以获取目标网络设备的第一定时器的时长,因此可以确定目标网络设备保存UE相关信息的截止时间;另外,由于源网络设备能够确定自身发送切换命令的时刻,因此,能够确定发送切换命令时目标网络设备的第一定时器已经运行的时长,相应的,可以确定发送切换命令时,目标网络设备已经保存UE相关信息的时长,以及目标网络设备可以保存UE相关信息的剩余的有效时长。也就是说,可以由源设备侧根据来自目标基站的切换请求ACK消息(的内容)进行辅助信息的确认,也可以由源设备侧根据来自目标基站的切换请求ACK消息(的内容)和以下至少之一进行辅助信息的确认:切换命令下发延迟的时间,以及切换命令下发失败的次数。在此场景下,源基站可以将更新后的信息发送给UE,也可以将所有信息发送给UE而后由UE确定更新后的信息。In other words, in this scenario, the source device side can confirm the auxiliary information and send it to the UE. The specific determination method and the resources reserved by the target network device can be determined by the information sent by the target network device. The valid time of the UE context can be determined according to the information sent by the target network device to determine the valid time for saving the information, the valid time, and at least one of the deadline. Since the effective time and deadline of the configuration information included in the handover command can be determined by the source network device itself according to the time when the handover command is sent by itself. In addition, the start time of the first timer in the target network device can be determined based on the handover request confirmation message sent by the target network device, and accordingly, the starting time for the target network device to retain UE-related information can be obtained; in addition, Since the source network device can obtain the duration of the first timer of the target network device, it can determine the deadline for the target network device to save UE-related information; in addition, since the source network device can determine the time when it sends the handover command, it can determine The length of time the first timer of the target network device has been running when the handover command is sent. Accordingly, the length of time the target network device has saved UE-related information when the handover command is sent, and the remaining amount of time the target network device can save UE-related information Effective duration. That is to say, the source device side can confirm the auxiliary information according to the handover request ACK message (content) from the target base station, or the source device side can confirm the auxiliary information according to the handover request ACK message (content) from the target base station and the following at least One is to confirm the auxiliary information: the delay time for the issuance of the handover command, and the number of times the issuance of the handover command fails. In this scenario, the source base station can send the updated information to the UE, or it can send all the information to the UE and the UE determines the updated information.
这样,基于辅助信息的处理可以由源基站侧来做。或者,基于辅助信息的后续处理还可以由UE侧来做,源网络设备侧可以减少其处理的内容。In this way, the processing based on the auxiliary information can be done by the source base station side. Or, the subsequent processing based on the auxiliary information can also be done by the UE side, and the source network device side can reduce its processing content.
现有技术的缺点在于可能网络释放了UE资源,当时UE还认为当前的切换是可行的,导致不必要的时延和信令开销。本场景中,UE能够确定目标网络设备实际维持UE context和配置的资源的有效时间,避免了UE和网络对资源预留理解的不一致,避免了不必要的UE行为(一直尝试RA,但实际上网络已经释放UE context等了),使得UE能够尽快和网络恢复连接。The disadvantage of the prior art is that the network may release UE resources. At that time, the UE still believes that the current handover is feasible, resulting in unnecessary delay and signaling overhead. In this scenario, the UE can determine the effective time that the target network device actually maintains the UE context and the configured resources, avoiding the inconsistency between the UE and the network’s understanding of resource reservation, and avoiding unnecessary UE behavior (always try RA, but actually The network has released the UE context, etc.) so that the UE can resume the connection with the network as soon as possible.
在上述场景2的基础之上,还可以包括以下两种子处理场景:Based on the above scenario 2, the following two sub-processing scenarios can also be included:
子处理场景1、 Sub-processing scenario 1,
所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
根据以下信息至少之一,确定更新的第一定时器的参数,将更新后的第一定时器的参数发送至UE:Determine the updated parameter of the first timer according to at least one of the following information, and send the updated parameter of the first timer to the UE:
原第一定时器的参数、切换命令下发延迟的时间,切换命令下发失败的次数,网络开启第一定时器的时间,UE相关信息有效存留的截止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备的时间差信息,第一定时器的时长。The parameters of the original first timer, the delay time for handover command delivery, the number of failed handover commands, the time when the network starts the first timer, the deadline for valid retention of UE-related information, and the time period for valid retention of UE-related information , The time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the duration of the first timer.
比如,源网络设备根据以下信息之一,确定修改的T304参数。比如,原T304参数,HO命令下发延迟的时间,或者,HO command下发失败的次数,网络开启T304/第一定时器的时间,网络设备侧T304timer开启的时间,UE相关信息有效存留的截止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备的时间差信息,第一定时 器的时长。For example, the source network device determines the modified T304 parameter according to one of the following information. For example, the original T304 parameter, the delay time of HO command delivery, or the number of failed HO command delivery, the time when the network starts T304/first timer, the time when T304timer on the network device side is turned on, and the deadline for valid retention of UE-related information Time, the time period during which UE-related information is effectively stored, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the duration of the first timer.
或者,还可以包括有,将原第一定时器的参数、切换命令下发延迟的时间,切换命令下发失败的次数,网络开启第一定时器的时间,UE相关信息有效存留的截止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备的时间差信息,第一定时器的时长,这些信息发送至UE,使得UE能够确定更新后的第一定时器的时长。也就是说,UE可以通过更新自身理解的第一定时器的时长,来保证自身理解的网络侧保存UE相关信息的有效时长的剩余时间,与网络侧保存UE相关信息的剩余有效时长相同。Alternatively, it may also include the parameters of the original first timer, the delay time for the issuance of the handover command, the number of times the handover command is failed to be issued, the time when the network starts the first timer, and the deadline for valid retention of UE-related information, The time period during which the UE-related information is effectively retained, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the duration of the first timer are sent to the UE so that the UE can determine the duration of the updated first timer. That is, the UE can update the duration of the first timer understood by itself to ensure that the remaining duration of the effective duration of the UE-related information stored on the network side as understood by the UE is the same as the remaining effective duration of the UE-related information stored on the network side.
这样,UE按照更新的T304执行切换。更新的T304可以保证UE和目标网络设备对UE相关信息保留时间的理解一致。In this way, the UE performs handover according to the updated T304. The updated T304 can ensure that the UE and the target network device have the same understanding of the retention time of UE-related information.
子场景2、Sub scene 2,
所述第一信息中还包括:The first information also includes:
第二时长;其中,第二时长与第一定时器的参数中的时长不同。The second duration; where the second duration is different from the duration in the parameters of the first timer.
所述第二时长用于为UE指示目标网络设备保留所述UE相关信息的有效时长,或者,所述第二时长用于使得UE和网络保留所述UE相关信息的有效时间一致。需要指出的是,第二时长基于第二定时器实现,也就是说第二定时器的第二时长,与第一定时器(或者更新后的第一定时器)的参数中的时长不同。The second duration is used to instruct the target network device for the UE to retain the effective duration of the UE-related information, or the second duration is used to make the UE and the network retain the effective duration of the UE-related information consistent. It should be pointed out that the second duration is implemented based on the second timer, that is, the second duration of the second timer is different from the duration in the parameter of the first timer (or the updated first timer).
其中,所述方法还包括:基于以下信息至少之一,确定所述第二时长的参数:Wherein, the method further includes: determining the parameter of the second duration based on at least one of the following information:
第一定时器的参数、切换命令下发延迟的时间,切换命令下发失败的次数,网络开启第一定时器的时间,UE相关信息有效存留的截止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备的时间差信息,第一定时器的时长。The parameters of the first timer, the delay time for the issuance of handover commands, the number of failed handover commands, the time when the network starts the first timer, the deadline for valid retention of UE-related information, and the time period for valid retention of UE-related information, The time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the duration of the first timer.
其中,第二时长可以由新的定时器来实现,比如,可以为与第一定时器不同的第二定时器来实现。相应的,UE在收到切换命令后开启该第二定时器,所述第二定时器运行期间,UE认为目标网络设备保留的UE信息valid。Wherein, the second duration may be implemented by a new timer, for example, it may be implemented by a second timer different from the first timer. Correspondingly, the UE starts the second timer after receiving the handover command. During the running of the second timer, the UE considers that the UE information retained by the target network device is valid.
源网络设备确定第二时长的方式,可以为其认为目标网络设备剩余的保存UE相关信息的有效时长来确定第二时长;比如,前述第一定时器的参数,切换命令发送失败了多次之后成功发送,此时消耗了一定的时长,此时,需要将第一定时器减去该时长得到第二时长。又或者,可以根据第一定时器的开启时间,以及发送切换命令的时间,确定剩余的第一定时器的时长,将其作为第二时长。再或者,可以再结合目标网络设备以及源网络设备的时间差,将前面得到的第二时长再减去该时间差得到调整后的第二时长;因为目标网络设备与源网络设备之间存在时间差,因此,源网络设备向目标网络设备发送信息或接受信息的时候会存在一定的时延,那么可以将这段时延添加到修正第二时长的处理中,得到调整后的第二时长。当然,上述仅为示例,实际上还可能存在其他的组合以及确定第二时长的方式,主要就是基于前述各个参数来确定,本实施例中不再穷举。The source network device determines the second duration by determining the effective duration of the remaining UE-related information that the source network device considers the target network device to retain; for example, the parameters of the first timer mentioned above, after the handover command has been sent multiple times When the transmission is successful, a certain time period is consumed at this time. At this time, the first timer needs to be subtracted from the time period to obtain the second time period. Alternatively, the remaining duration of the first timer may be determined according to the start time of the first timer and the time when the switching command is sent, and use it as the second duration. Or, you can combine the time difference between the target network device and the source network device, and subtract the time difference from the previously obtained second duration to obtain the adjusted second duration; because there is a time difference between the target network device and the source network device, so , There will be a certain delay when the source network device sends or receives information to the target network device, so this delay can be added to the process of correcting the second duration to obtain the adjusted second duration. Of course, the foregoing is only an example, and in fact, there may be other combinations and ways of determining the second duration, which are mainly determined based on the foregoing various parameters, which are not exhaustively listed in this embodiment.
例如,源网络设备根据以下信息之一确定该定时器参数,如时长:T304参数/第一定时器参数,HO命令下发延迟的时间,或者,HO command下发失败的次数,网络开启T304/第一定时器的时间,网络设备侧T304timer开启的时间,UE相关信息有效存留的截止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备的时间差信息,第一定时器的时长。For example, the source network device determines the timer parameter according to one of the following information, such as duration: T304 parameter/first timer parameter, the delay time for HO command delivery, or the number of failed HO command delivery, the network starts T304/ The time of the first timer, the time when the T304timer on the network device side is turned on, the deadline for valid retention of UE-related information, the time period for valid retention of UE-related information, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the duration of the first timer .
可见,通过采用上述方案,就能够通过第一信息辅助UE确定自身的UE相关信息的有效时长与网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者,辅助确定UE相关信息的有效时长。如此,保证UE侧与网络侧对于保存UE相关信息的有效时长的理解相对应,从而避免UE在进行切换执行或者随机接入的时候,由于网络侧释放UE相关信息而导致的重复接入等不必要的,提升UE与网络侧恢复连接的速度。It can be seen that by adopting the above solution, the first information can assist the UE to determine that the effective duration of its own UE-related information is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, or assist in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information. In this way, it is ensured that the UE side and the network side have a corresponding understanding of the effective duration of storing UE-related information, thereby avoiding repeated access caused by the network side releasing UE-related information when the UE performs handover or random access. If necessary, increase the speed at which the UE and the network side restore the connection.
本申请实施例提供了一种切换处理方法,应用于用户设备UE,如图8所示,包括:The embodiment of the application provides a handover processing method, which is applied to a user equipment UE, as shown in FIG. 8, including:
步骤31:接收源网络设备发来的第一信息;Step 31: Receive the first information sent by the source network device;
其中,所述第一信息至少用于辅助UE确定UE侧和网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者用于确定UE相关信息的有效时长。Wherein, the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
下面分多种场景对本实施方式提供的方案进行说明:The following describes the solution provided by this embodiment in multiple scenarios:
场景1、由源网络设备发来第一信息的时候,其中第一信息可以是由目标网络设备确定的。本场景针对这种情况进行说明。 Scenario 1. When the source network device sends the first information, the first information may be determined by the target network device. This scenario explains this situation.
所述第一信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE相关信息有效存留的终止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备之间的时间差信息,第一定时器的开启的时刻,第一定时器的时长。The first information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: the end time of the effective retention of UE-related information, the time period during which the UE-related information is effectively retained, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the value of the first timer The duration of the first timer when it is turned on.
其中,所述UE相关信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE的上下文内容,预留资源/配置,RA资源,承载对应的配置,服务质量(QoS,Quality of Service,)参数,业务类型信息。Wherein, the UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: contextual content of the UE, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, quality of service (QoS, Quality of Service,) parameters, service type information .
其中,所述第一定时器的开启的时刻,可以为理解为绝对时刻,或者无线帧来表示。其中,绝对时刻可以为基于世界时间确定的。Wherein, the time when the first timer is started may be understood as an absolute time, or expressed in a wireless frame. Among them, the absolute time can be determined based on world time.
本场景中,具体的处理流程,同样可以参见图3,可以如下:In this scenario, the specific processing flow can also be seen in Figure 3, which can be as follows:
源网络设备选择候选切换目标网络设备,向候选目标网络设备发送切换请求;The source network device selects a candidate switching target network device, and sends a switching request to the candidate target network device;
候选目标网络设备进行切换决定,确定是否可以接入该UE。若可,候选目标网络设备(即可以作为UE能够接入的目标网络设备之一)将向源网络设备发送切换请求确认,同时在该消息中携带第一信息;其中,所述第一定时器,用于维护所述UE相关信息在候选目标网络设备侧保存的有效时长。需要指出的是,第一定时器在网络设备侧可以为T304。关于T304的相关说明参见上述实施方式,这里不再赘述。The candidate target network device makes a handover decision to determine whether it can access the UE. If possible, the candidate target network device (that is, one of the target network devices that can be accessed by the UE) will send a handover request confirmation to the source network device, and at the same time carry the first information in the message; wherein, the first timer , Used to maintain the effective duration of the UE-related information saved on the candidate target network device side. It should be pointed out that the first timer may be T304 on the network device side. For the relevant description of T304, refer to the above-mentioned implementation manner, which will not be repeated here.
其中,当第一定时器超时,网络设备释放UE相关信息;当收到UE发送的切换完成消息时或RA成功时,若第一定时器还在运行,停止该定时器。Wherein, when the first timer expires, the network device releases UE-related information; when receiving a handover complete message sent by the UE or when the RA is successful, if the first timer is still running, the timer is stopped.
源网络设备发送切换命令至UE;The source network device sends a handover command to the UE;
UE接收源网络设备发送的切换命令,根据切换命令的消息,执行切换过程。并且,UE可以基于第一信息,确定目标网络设备侧保存所述UE相关信息的有效保存时长。比如,UE可以根据切换命令中携带的第一信息,确定网络设备侧存留的UE相关信息是否有效、或者确定目标网络设备侧保存UE相关信息的有效保存时长。The UE receives the handover command sent by the source network device, and executes the handover process according to the message of the handover command. In addition, the UE may determine the effective storage duration for storing the UE-related information on the target network device side based on the first information. For example, the UE may determine whether the UE-related information stored on the network device side is valid according to the first information carried in the handover command, or determine the effective storage duration of the UE-related information stored on the target network device side.
具体来说,确定有效保存时长的方法,可以包括有:Specifically, methods for determining the effective storage duration may include:
根据UE相关信息有效存留的终止时间,确定在目标网络设备侧保存UE相关信息的截止时间,进而UE能够确定自身执行切换或进行随机接入操作处理过程中,剩余的有效时长。According to the effective retention time of UE-related information, the deadline for saving UE-related information on the target network device side is determined, so that the UE can determine the remaining effective time during the process of performing handover or random access operation.
所述UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,可以理解为在网络侧的保存UE相关信息的绝对时间段,比如可以采用无线帧来表示,或者可以采用世界时间来表示,从而UE就能够确定网络侧保存自身的UE相关信息的有效时长。The time period during which the UE-related information is effectively stored can be understood as the absolute time period for storing the UE-related information on the network side. For example, it can be represented by radio frames, or can be represented by world time, so that the UE can determine the network side The effective length of time for saving its own UE-related information.
目标网络设备和源网络设备之间的时间差信息,基于该信息能够确定源网络设备获取到目标网络设备的第一信息的相对时刻,比如,目标网络设备在第一时刻发送了第一信息,那么在源网络设备侧可以为在第一时刻+时间差的时刻获取到的第一信息,从而能够确定接收到第一信息的时候,目标网络设备侧剩余的保存UE相关信息的有效时长,进而可以调整UE侧自身理解的目标网络设备侧保存UE相关信息的有效时长,使得两者保持一致。或者,可以确定目标网络设备侧保存UE相关信息的有效时长,具体到保存UE相关信息的开启时间以及截至时间,如此,能够进一步地保证UE侧与网络侧确认的保存UE相关信息的有效时长一致。The time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, based on this information, the relative moment when the source network device obtains the first information of the target network device can be determined. For example, the target network device sends the first information at the first moment, then On the source network device side, it can be the first information acquired at the first moment + the time difference, so that when the first information is received, the remaining effective time for storing UE-related information on the target network device side can be adjusted. The effective length of time that the UE side understands the target network device side to save the UE-related information makes the two consistent. Alternatively, it is possible to determine the effective length of time for storing UE-related information on the target network device side, which is specific to the opening time and deadline for storing UE-related information. In this way, it can further ensure that the effective length of storing UE-related information confirmed by the UE side and the network side is consistent .
基于第一定时器的开启的时刻,和/或第一定时器的时长,能够使得UE侧基于该绝对时间,确定网络侧保存UE相关信息的有效时长。Based on the time when the first timer is started, and/or the duration of the first timer, the UE side can determine the effective duration for the network side to save the UE-related information based on the absolute time.
所述方法还包括:基于所述目标网络设备侧保存所述UE相关信息的有效时长,确 定目标网络设备侧保存的UE相关信息为有效时,执行切换处理,或者,执行切换过程中的随机接入处理。The method further includes: performing handover processing when determining that the UE-related information saved on the target network device side is valid based on the effective duration of the UE-related information saved on the target network device side, or performing random access during the handover process.入处理.
进一步地,所述方法还可以包括:基于所述目标网络设备侧保存所述UE相关信息的有效时长,确定目标网络设备侧保存的UE相关信息为无效时,执行以下至少之一:Further, the method may further include: when it is determined that the UE-related information stored on the target network device side is invalid based on the effective duration of the UE-related information stored on the target network device side, performing at least one of the following:
确认切换失败;执行RRC连接重建过程;向网络指示SCG失败信息过程。Confirm that the handover fails; perform the RRC connection re-establishment process; indicate the SCG failure information process to the network.
也就是说,当UE确定UE相关信息valid时,例如定时器未超时,或者未到UE相关信息有效存留的截止时间点,UE执行切换过程,或切换中的RA过程。否则,认为切换失败,和/或,UE执行RRC连接重建过程(MCG切换)或向网络指示SCG失败信息过程。That is, when the UE determines that the UE-related information is valid, for example, the timer has not expired, or the deadline for valid retention of the UE-related information has not been reached, the UE performs the handover process or the RA process during the handover. Otherwise, it is considered that the handover has failed, and/or the UE performs the RRC connection re-establishment procedure (MCG handover) or indicates the SCG failure information procedure to the network.
可以看出,现有技术的缺点在于可能网络释放了UE资源,当时UE还认为当前的切换是可行的,导致不必要的时延和信令开销。本场景,UE能够确定目标网络设备实际维持UE context和配置的资源的有效时间,避免了UE和网络对资源预留理解的不一致,避免了不必要的UE行为,比如,一直尝试RA,但实际上网络已经释放UE context等了,使得UE能够尽快和网络恢复连接。It can be seen that the disadvantage of the prior art is that the network may release the UE resources. At that time, the UE still believes that the current handover is feasible, resulting in unnecessary delay and signaling overhead. In this scenario, the UE can determine the effective time that the target network device actually maintains the UE context and the configured resources, avoiding the inconsistency between the UE and the network's understanding of resource reservation, and avoiding unnecessary UE behavior. For example, it has been trying RA, but the actual The network has released the UE context and so on, so that the UE can resume the connection with the network as soon as possible.
场景2、与场景1不同在于,本场景的第一信息由源网络设备生成。Scenario 2 is different from scenario 1 in that the first information in this scenario is generated by the source network device.
本场景第一信息的具体内容可以与场景1不同,比如,其中可以包括:切换命令下发延迟的时间,或者,切换命令下发失败的次数。The specific content of the first information in this scenario may be different from scenario 1, for example, it may include: the delay time for issuance of the handover command, or the number of times the issuance of the handover command fails.
所述方法还包括以下之一:The method also includes one of the following:
通过切换命令获取其携带的第一信息;通过RRC消息获取其携带的第一信息。Obtain the first information carried by the handover command; obtain the first information carried by the RRC message.
也就是说,源网络设备在切换命令中,或者切换命令后的RRC消息中携带第一信息。其中,RRC消息可以为专用的RRC消息,用于将第一信息通知给UE。RRC消息的发送时刻,可以为在切换命令下发时、切换命令下发后的第一时刻发送给UE。其中,第一时刻与切换命令之间的时差可以为第四预设时长。That is, the source network device carries the first information in the handover command or the RRC message after the handover command. The RRC message may be a dedicated RRC message, which is used to notify the UE of the first information. The sending time of the RRC message may be sent to the UE when the handover command is issued or the first time after the handover command is issued. The time difference between the first moment and the handover command may be the fourth preset duration.
结合图6、7对本场景的处理进行说明:The processing of this scenario is described in conjunction with Figures 6 and 7:
源网络设备选择候选切换目标网络设备,向目标网络设备发送切换请求;The source network device selects a candidate to switch the target network device, and sends a switch request to the target network device;
候选目标网络设备进行HO decision,确定是否可以接入该UE。若可,候选目标网络设备将向源网络设备发送切换请求ACK。The candidate target network device makes a HO decision to determine whether it can access the UE. If possible, the candidate target network device will send a handover request ACK to the source network device.
源网络设备生成第一信息,所述第一信息包含以下至少之一:HO命令下发延迟的时间,或者,HO command下发失败的次数。相应的,所述第一信息可以用于辅助UE确定以下信息至少之一:目标网络设备预留的资源和/或UE context的实际valid的时间/时间duration/截止时间,切换命令中包含的配置信息的实际valid的时间/时间duration/截止时间,目标网络设备第一定时器(比如,T304定时器)开启的时间,目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的起始时间,目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的截止时间,收到切换命令时目标网络设备定时器已经运行的时间,收到切换命令时目标网络设备已经保有UE相关信息的时间,收到切换命令时UE相关信息在目标网络设备剩余的有效时间。The source network device generates the first information, and the first information includes at least one of the following: the delay time for the issuance of the HO command, or the number of times the issuance of the HO command fails. Correspondingly, the first information may be used to assist the UE to determine at least one of the following information: resources reserved by the target network device and/or the actual valid time/time duration/dead time of the UE context, and the configuration included in the handover command The actual valid time/time duration/expiration time of the information, the start time of the first timer of the target network device (for example, T304 timer), the start time of the target network device holding UE-related information, and the target network device holding UE-related information The deadline is the time that the timer of the target network device has been running when the handover command is received, the time when the target network device has retained UE-related information when the handover command is received, and the UE-related information remains valid in the target network device when the handover command is received time.
其中,UE相关信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE context,预留资源/配置,RA资源,承载对应的配置,QoS参数,业务pattern信息。Among them, UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: UE context, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS parameters, and service pattern information.
其中,第一定时器的相关说明与场景1类似,不再赘述。Among them, the related description of the first timer is similar to scenario 1, and will not be repeated.
源网络设备发送切换命令。图6示意的方式中,源网络设备在发送切换命令之后发送第一信息,可以通过RRC信令携带;图7示意的方式中,源网络设备可以在切换命令中携带第一信息。The source network device sends a switch command. In the manner shown in FIG. 6, the source network device sends the first information after sending the handover command, which may be carried by RRC signaling; in the manner shown in FIG. 7, the source network device may carry the first information in the handover command.
UE接收源网络设备发送的切换命令,根据切换命令的消息,执行切换过程。UE接收包含第一信息的RRC消息。The UE receives the handover command sent by the source network device, and executes the handover process according to the message of the handover command. The UE receives the RRC message containing the first information.
UE根据第一信息,确定网络设备侧存留的UE相关信息是否valid。在UE相关信 息valid时,例如定时器未超时,或者未到UE相关信息有效存留的截止时间点,UE执行切换过程,或切换中的RA过程。否则,认为切换失败,和/或,UE执行RRC连接重建过程(MCG切换)或向网络指示SCG失败信息过程。The UE determines whether the UE-related information stored on the network device side is valid according to the first information. When the UE-related information is valid, for example, the timer does not expire or the deadline for valid retention of the UE-related information is not reached, the UE performs the handover process or the RA process during the handover. Otherwise, it is considered that the handover has failed, and/or the UE performs the RRC connection re-establishment procedure (MCG handover) or indicates the SCG failure information procedure to the network.
此时,UE可确定以下信息:目标网络设备预留的资源;At this time, the UE can determine the following information: resources reserved by the target network device;
UE上下文的实际有效时间、有效时长、截止时间中至少之一;At least one of the actual effective time, effective duration, and deadline of the UE context;
切换命令中包含的配置信息的实际有效时间、有效时长、截止时间中至少之一;At least one of the actual effective time, effective time, and deadline of the configuration information contained in the switching command;
目标网络设备的第一定时器开启的时间;The time when the first timer of the target network device is started;
目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的起始时间;The start time when the target network device holds UE-related information;
目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的截止时间;The deadline for the target network device to keep UE-related information;
发送切换命令时目标网络设备第一定时器已运行的时长;The length of time the first timer of the target network device has been running when the handover command is sent;
发送切换命令时目标网络设备已经保有UE相关信息的时长;The length of time the target network device has retained UE-related information when the handover command is sent;
发送切换命令时UE相关信息在目标网络设备剩余的有效时长。The remaining effective duration of the UE related information in the target network device when the handover command is sent.
具体的确定方式,目标网络设备预留的资源,可以通过源网络设备发送来的信息确定。UE上下文的有效时间可以根据UE相关信息有效存留的终止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段中至少之一来确定。可以基于接收到第一信息来确定目标网络设备中第一定时器的开启时间,相应的,就可以得到目标网络设备保留UE相关信息的起始时间;另外,由于源网络设备可以获取目标网络设备的第一定时器的时长,因此可以确定目标网络设备保存UE相关信息的截止时间;另外,由于UE能够确定自身接收切换命令的时刻,因此,能够确定接收切换命令时目标网络设备的第一定时器已经运行的时长,相应的,可以确定接收切换命令时,目标网络设备已经保存UE相关信息的时长,以及目标网络设备可以保存UE相关信息的剩余的有效时长。The specific determination method, the resources reserved by the target network device can be determined by the information sent by the source network device. The valid time of the UE context may be determined according to at least one of the termination time of the valid retention of the UE-related information and the time period during which the UE-related information is effectively retained. The start time of the first timer in the target network device can be determined based on the received first information, and accordingly, the start time at which the target network device retains UE-related information can be obtained; in addition, since the source network device can obtain the target network device The duration of the first timer of the target network device can therefore determine the deadline for the target network device to save UE-related information; in addition, since the UE can determine the moment when it receives the handover command, it can determine the first timing of the target network device when the handover command is received The length of time the device has been running, accordingly, it can be determined that when the handover command is received, the length of time the target network device has saved UE-related information, and the remaining effective length of time that the target network device can save UE-related information.
还需要指出的是,与前述处理流程存在不同的一种处理可以为,It should also be pointed out that a processing that is different from the foregoing processing flow can be:
前述信息可以由第一信息中携带,也就是说由源网络设备发送来的第一信息还可以包括以下至少之一:The foregoing information may be carried in the first information, that is to say, the first information sent by the source network device may also include at least one of the following:
目标网络设备预留的资源;Resources reserved by the target network equipment;
UE上下文的实际有效时间、有效时长、截止时间中至少之一;At least one of the actual effective time, effective duration, and deadline of the UE context;
切换命令中包含的配置信息的实际有效时间、有效时长、截止时间中至少之一;At least one of the actual effective time, effective time, and deadline of the configuration information contained in the switching command;
目标网络设备的第一定时器开启的时间;The time when the first timer of the target network device is started;
目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的起始时间;The start time when the target network device holds UE-related information;
目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的截止时间;The deadline for the target network device to keep UE-related information;
发送切换命令时目标网络设备第一定时器已运行的时长;The length of time the first timer of the target network device has been running when the handover command is sent;
发送切换命令时目标网络设备已经保有UE相关信息的时长;The length of time the target network device has retained UE-related information when the handover command is sent;
发送切换命令时UE相关信息在目标网络设备剩余的有效时长。The remaining effective duration of the UE related information in the target network device when the handover command is sent.
关于源网络设备侧如何确定上述信息,在前述实施方式中已经描述,这里不再赘述。How to determine the foregoing information on the source network device side has been described in the foregoing embodiments, and will not be repeated here.
现有技术的缺点在于可能网络释放了UE资源,当时UE还认为当前的切换是可行的,导致不必要的时延和信令开销。本场景中,UE能够确定目标网络设备实际维持UE context和配置的资源的有效时间,避免了UE和网络对资源预留理解的不一致,避免了不必要的UE行为(一直尝试RA,但实际上网络已经释放UE context等了),使得UE能够尽快和网络恢复连接。The disadvantage of the prior art is that the network may release UE resources. At that time, the UE still believes that the current handover is feasible, resulting in unnecessary delay and signaling overhead. In this scenario, the UE can determine the effective time that the target network device actually maintains the UE context and the configured resources, avoiding the inconsistency between the UE and the network’s understanding of resource reservation, and avoiding unnecessary UE behavior (always try RA, but actually The network has released the UE context, etc.) so that the UE can resume the connection with the network as soon as possible.
在上述场景2的基础之上,还可以包括以下两种子处理场景:Based on the above scenario 2, the following two sub-processing scenarios can also be included:
子处理场景1、 Sub-processing scenario 1,
所述第一信息中还包括:更新后的第一定时器。The first information further includes: the updated first timer.
源网络设备侧会对第一定时器的参数就行修改,然后给UE发送更新后的第一定时器。The source network device side modifies the parameters of the first timer, and then sends the updated first timer to the UE.
或者,还可以:接收源网络设备发来的用于修改第一定时器的参数,基于所述修改第一定时器的参数,更新第一定时器。Alternatively, it is also possible to receive a parameter for modifying the first timer sent by the source network device, and update the first timer based on the parameter for modifying the first timer.
其中,参数可以包括以下至少之一:原第一定时器的参数、切换命令下发延迟的时间,切换命令下发失败的次数,网络开启第一定时器的时间,UE相关信息有效存留的截止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备的时间差信息,原第一定时器的时长。Among them, the parameters may include at least one of the following: the parameters of the original first timer, the delay time for the issuance of the handover command, the number of times the handover command fails to be issued, the time for the network to start the first timer, and the effective retention of UE-related information. Time, the time period during which UE-related information is effectively stored, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the length of the original first timer.
UE根据以下信息之一,确定更新的第一定时器。比如,原T304参数结合HO命令下发延迟的时间,确定在第一定时器开启之后的一段时间才发来切换指令,那么可以将第一定时器的原来的第一时长减去这一段延时,得到更新的第一定时器的时长。或者,在第一信息中包含的HO command下发失败的次数,来确定由于几次切换命令下发失败所带来的时延,再结合原第一定时器的时长或者第一定时器的开启时间,来确定UE侧若要跟网络侧保持一致需要对第一定时器的调整,比如将第一定时器的第一时长减去前述下发失败的时延得到更新后的第一定时器。当然,上述处理还可以结合UE相关信息的有效存留的截止时间,再结合当前的时刻,确定UE需要将第一定时器的第一时长的调整。需要理解的是,还可以存在其他的调整方式,只是本实施例中不再穷举。The UE determines the updated first timer according to one of the following information. For example, if the original T304 parameter is combined with the delay time for issuing the HO command, it is determined that the switching command will be sent a period of time after the first timer is started, then the original first duration of the first timer can be subtracted from this delay , Get the updated duration of the first timer. Or, the number of failed delivery of the HO command contained in the first information is used to determine the delay caused by several failed delivery of the handover command, combined with the length of the original first timer or the start of the first timer Time, to determine that if the UE side wants to be consistent with the network side, the first timer needs to be adjusted. For example, the first time length of the first timer is subtracted from the delivery failure time delay to obtain the updated first timer. Of course, the foregoing processing can also be combined with the effective retention deadline of the UE-related information, combined with the current time, to determine that the UE needs to adjust the first duration of the first timer. It should be understood that there may also be other adjustment methods, but the list is not exhaustive in this embodiment.
这样,UE按照更新的第一定时器,比如T304执行切换。由于第一定时器的时长根据相关的修改参数进行了修改,那么UE侧开启更新后的第一定时器以确定网络侧保存UE相关信息的有效时长,能够与目标网络设备侧保留UE相关信息的剩余的有效时长保持一致,如此,使得更新的T304可以保证UE和目标网络设备对UE相关信息保留时间的理解一致。In this way, the UE performs handover according to the updated first timer, such as T304. Since the duration of the first timer is modified according to the related modification parameters, the UE side starts the updated first timer to determine the effective duration of the network side to save the UE-related information, which can keep the UE-related information with the target network device side. The remaining effective duration remains consistent, so that the updated T304 can ensure that the UE and the target network device have the same understanding of the retention time of the UE-related information.
子场景2、Sub scene 2,
所述第一信息中还包括:The first information also includes:
第二时长;其中,第二时长与第一定时器的参数中的时长不同The second duration; where the second duration is different from the duration in the parameters of the first timer
所述第二时长用于为UE指示目标网络设备保留所述UE相关信息的有效时长,或者,所述第二时长用于使得UE和网络保留所述UE相关信息的有效时间一致。The second duration is used to instruct the target network device for the UE to retain the effective duration of the UE-related information, or the second duration is used to make the UE and the network retain the effective duration of the UE-related information consistent.
所述第二时长与第一定时器的时长不同。The second duration is different from the duration of the first timer.
本场景中,同样的,还可以根据源网络设备下发的信息来由自身确定第二时长,比如,包括以下至少之一:In this scenario, similarly, the second duration can also be determined by itself according to the information delivered by the source network device, for example, including at least one of the following:
第一定时器的参数、切换命令下发延迟的时间,切换命令下发失败的次数,网络开启第一定时器的时间,UE相关信息有效存留的截止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备的时间差信息,第一定时器的时长。The parameters of the first timer, the delay time for the issuance of handover commands, the number of failed handover commands, the time when the network starts the first timer, the deadline for valid retention of UE-related information, and the time period for valid retention of UE-related information, The time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the duration of the first timer.
其中,第二时长可以由新的定时器来实现,比如,可以为与第一定时器不同的第二定时器来实现。相应的,UE在收到切换命令后开启该第二定时器,所述第二定时器运行期间,UE认为目标网络设备保留的UE信息valid。Wherein, the second duration may be implemented by a new timer, for example, it may be implemented by a second timer different from the first timer. Correspondingly, the UE starts the second timer after receiving the handover command. During the running of the second timer, the UE considers that the UE information retained by the target network device is valid.
例如,根据以下信息之一确定该第二定时器或第二时长的参数,如时长:T304参数,HO命令下发延迟的时间,或者,HO command下发失败的次数,网络开启T304/第一定时器的时间,网络设备侧T304timer开启的时间,UE相关信息有效存留的截止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备的时间差信息,第一定时器的时长。For example, the second timer or the second duration parameter is determined according to one of the following information, such as duration: T304 parameter, the delay time of HO command delivery, or the number of failed HO command delivery, the network starts T304/first Timer time, T304timer on the network device side, deadline for valid retention of UE-related information, time period for valid retention of UE-related information, time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the duration of the first timer.
确定第二时长的方式,可以为其认为目标网络设备剩余的保存UE相关信息的有效时长来确定第二时长;比如,前述第一定时器的参数,切换命令发送失败了多次之后成功发送,此时消耗了一定的时长,此时,需要将第一定时器减去该时长得到第二时长。又或者,可以根据第一定时器的开启时间,以及发送切换命令的时间,确定剩余的第一定时器的时长,将其作为第二时长。再或者,可以再结合目标网络设备以及源网络设备 的时间差,将前面得到的第二时长再减去该时间差得到调整后的第二时长;因为目标网络设备与源网络设备之间存在时间差,因此,源网络设备向目标网络设备发送信息或接受信息的时候会存在一定的时延,那么可以将这段时延添加到修正第二时长的处理中,得到调整后的第二时长。当然,上述仅为示例,实际上还可能存在其他的组合以及确定第二时长的方式,主要就是基于前述各个参数来确定,本实施例中不再穷举。The way to determine the second duration can be to determine the second duration for the effective duration of the remaining UE-related information considered by the target network device; for example, for the parameters of the aforementioned first timer, the handover command is successfully sent after multiple failures. At this time, a certain period of time is consumed. At this time, the first timer needs to be subtracted from the period to obtain the second period. Alternatively, the remaining duration of the first timer may be determined according to the start time of the first timer and the time when the switching command is sent, and use it as the second duration. Or, you can combine the time difference between the target network device and the source network device, and subtract the time difference from the previously obtained second duration to obtain the adjusted second duration; because there is a time difference between the target network device and the source network device, so , There will be a certain delay when the source network device sends or receives information to the target network device, so this delay can be added to the process of correcting the second duration to obtain the adjusted second duration. Of course, the foregoing is only an example, and in fact, there may be other combinations and ways of determining the second duration, which are mainly determined based on the foregoing various parameters, which are not exhaustively listed in this embodiment.
在前述多种场景的基础上,与前述多个场景中的一个或多个结合使用,本实施例还可以提供以下更多的处理场景,需要指出的是,以下的场景还可以单独使用,也就是说,可以在不执行前述实施例提供的处理的情况下,执行以下两种处理场景,具体如下:On the basis of the foregoing multiple scenarios, combined with one or more of the foregoing multiple scenarios, this embodiment can also provide the following more processing scenarios. It should be pointed out that the following scenarios can also be used alone, or In other words, the following two processing scenarios can be executed without executing the processing provided by the foregoing embodiment, which are specifically as follows:
处理场景1、Processing scenario 1,
基于所述切换命令执行切换,在切换过程中,满足第三预设条件时,从基于非竞争的随机接入回退至基于竞争的随机接入;Perform handover based on the handover command, and fall back from non-contention-based random access to contention-based random access when a third preset condition is met during the handover process;
其中第三预设条件包括以下至少之一:The third preset condition includes at least one of the following:
基于非竞争的随机接入资源无效;Random access resources based on non-competition are invalid;
基于非竞争的随机接入失败。Random access based on non-contention fails.
也就是说,在切换过程中,当UE基于非竞争的随机接入(CFRA,Contention Free Random Access)失败时,或者,CFRA资源无效时,UE从CFRA回退到基于竞争的随机接入(CBRA,Contention Based Random Access)。That is to say, during the handover process, when the UE fails in contention-based random access (CFRA, Contention Free Random Access), or when CFRA resources are invalid, the UE falls back from CFRA to contention-based random access (CBRA). , Contention Based Random Access).
参见图9,可以包括:See Figure 9, which may include:
源网络设备选择候选切换目标网络设备,向候选目标网络设备发送切换请求;The source network device selects a candidate switching target network device, and sends a switching request to the candidate target network device;
候选目标网络设备进行切换决定(HO decision),确定是否可以接入该UE。若可,候选目标网络设备将向源网络设备发送切换请求确认信息。The candidate target network device makes a HO decision to determine whether it can access the UE. If possible, the candidate target network device will send a handover request confirmation message to the source network device.
源网络设备发送切换命令。The source network device sends a switch command.
UE按照切换命令执行切换过程,其中包括CFRA过程。当满足以下第三预设条件至少之一时,UE从CFRA过程回退到CBRA过程:CRFA资源无效、CFRA失败。The UE executes the handover process according to the handover command, including the CFRA process. When at least one of the following third preset conditions is met, the UE rolls back from the CFRA process to the CBRA process: CRFA resources are invalid and CFRA fails.
UE基于非竞争的随机接入失败的时候,可以向高层指示随机接入失败。When the UE fails in random access based on non-contention, it can indicate the random access failure to the higher layer.
或者,还可以不向高层指示随机接入失败,具体的,所述方法还包括:当基于非竞争的随机接入失败时,不向高层指示随机接入失败。也就是说,当UE侧判断CFRA失败(或者CFRA无效)时,介质访问控制(MAC,Media Access Control)层不向高层指示随机接入失败(Random Access problem)。Alternatively, the random access failure may not be indicated to the higher layer. Specifically, the method further includes: when the non-contention-based random access fails, not indicating the random access failure to the higher layer. That is to say, when the UE side judges that CFRA fails (or CFRA is invalid), the Media Access Control (MAC, Media Access Control) layer does not indicate random access failure (Random Access problem) to the higher layer.
由于网络侧是否同时释放UE上下文和为UE预留的资源配置是不确定的,可能存在UE context等UE相关信息保留的情况下,CFRA资源not valid或者CFRA失败的问题。若按照现有协议,直接认为RA失败,或者触发重建,或者触发SCG change failure执行,而不回退到UE CBRA的过程,会导致UE接入网络延迟,甚至因为UE延迟接入导致错过MCOT的时间导致UE和网络通信长时间延迟,造成业务QoS降低,UE体验变差等问题。本处理场景可以通过回退CBRA和/或不上报RA problem的方式解决了这一问题。Since it is uncertain whether the network side releases the UE context and the resource configuration reserved for the UE at the same time, there may be a problem that CFRA resources are not valid or CFRA fails when UE-related information such as the UE context is reserved. According to the existing agreement, if RA is directly considered to have failed, or re-establishment is triggered, or SCG change failure is triggered, without falling back to the UE CBRA process, it will cause the UE to access the network delay, and even miss the MCOT due to the delayed UE access. Time leads to long delays in the communication between the UE and the network, resulting in problems such as reduced service QoS and poor UE experience. In this processing scenario, this problem can be solved by returning CBRA and/or not reporting the RA problem.
处理场景2、Processing scenario 2,
本场景中,可以为UE配置多套非竞争的随机接入资源。In this scenario, multiple sets of non-contention random access resources can be configured for the UE.
所述方法还包括以下之一:The method also includes one of the following:
基于多套非竞争的随机接入资源中的至少一套非竞争的随机接入资源进行处理;当基于至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源的处理失败时,不向高层指示随机接入失败;Processing is based on at least one set of non-competitive random access resources among multiple sets of non-competitive random access resources; when processing based on at least one set of non-competitive random access resources fails, random access is not indicated to the higher layer failure;
基于多套非竞争的随机接入资源中的至少一套非竞争的随机接入资源进行处理;当基于至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源的处理失败时,向高层指示随机接入失败;Perform processing based on at least one set of non-competitive random access resources among multiple sets of non-competitive random access resources; when processing based on at least one set of non-competitive random access resources fails, indicate random access failure to higher layers ;
基于多套非竞争的随机接入资源中的第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源进行处理; 当判断第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源的处理失败时,若存在除所述第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源之外的其他非竞争的随机接入资源,则不向高层指示随机接入失败;Processing is performed based on the first non-competition-based random access resource among multiple sets of non-competition random access resources; when it is determined that the processing of the first non-competition-based random access resource fails, if there is a Non-competitive random access resources other than non-competitive random access resources will not indicate random access failure to the higher layer;
基于多套非竞争的随机接入资源中的第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源进行处理;当判断第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源的处理失败时,若存在除所述第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源之外的其他非竞争的随机接入资源,则向高层指示随机接入失败。The processing is performed based on the first non-competition-based random access resource among the multiple sets of non-competition random access resources; when it is determined that the processing of the first non-competition-based random access resource fails, if there is a Other non-competitive random access resources other than the non-competitive random access resources indicate random access failure to the higher layer.
具体来说,UE可以通过其中一套非竞争的随机接入资源执行处理。此时,若发生失败可以向高层指示随机接入失败。然后UE可以再次选择另外一套非竞争的随机接入资源进行接入。Specifically, the UE may perform processing through one set of non-contention random access resources. At this time, if a failure occurs, the random access failure can be indicated to the higher layer. Then the UE can again select another set of non-competitive random access resources for access.
本处理场景中可以包括有:可以为UE配置多套非竞争的随机接入资源。此时,UE可以通过至少一套非竞争的随机接入资源执行处理。此时可以在其中任一一套接入失败的时候,向高层指示随机接入失败,或者不向高层指示随机接入失败。或者,还可以为全部接入失败的时候,向高层指示随机接入失败,或者不向高层指示随机接入失败。This processing scenario may include: multiple sets of non-contention random access resources may be configured for the UE. At this time, the UE can perform processing through at least one set of non-contention random access resources. At this time, when any one set of access fails, the random access failure can be indicated to the upper layer, or the random access failure can not be indicated to the upper layer. Or, when all access fails, the random access failure may be indicated to the upper layer, or the random access failure may not be indicated to the upper layer.
另外,本处理场景中可以包括有:可以为UE配置多套非竞争的随机接入资源。此时,当判断第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源的处理失败时,若存在除所述第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源之外的其他非竞争的随机接入资源,则不向高层指示随机接入失败。In addition, this processing scenario may include: multiple sets of non-contention random access resources may be configured for the UE. At this time, when it is determined that the processing of the first non-contention-based random access resource has failed, if there are other non-competition random access resources other than the first non-contention-based random access resource, then no The upper layer indicates random access failure.
也就是说,UE可以通过其中一套非竞争的随机接入资源执行处理。此时,若发生失败可以不向高层指示随机接入失败。然后UE可以再次选择另外一套非竞争的随机接入资源进行接入。In other words, the UE can perform processing through one set of non-contention random access resources. At this time, if a failure occurs, the random access failure may not be indicated to the higher layer. Then the UE can again select another set of non-competitive random access resources for access.
与前述处理场景1不同在于,本场景中能够设置多套CFRA资源,其中,不同的CFRA资源中,以下配置至少之一不同:资源有效valid起始之间不同,PRACH场景occasion标识index不同,PRACH资源时域/频域位置间隔不同,前导序列preamble标识index不同。The difference from the aforementioned processing scenario 1 is that multiple sets of CFRA resources can be set in this scenario. Among different CFRA resources, at least one of the following configurations is different: the valid start of the resource is different, the PRACH scenario occurrence identifier index is different, and the PRACH The resource time domain/frequency domain position interval is different, and the preamble identifier index of the preamble sequence is different.
参见图10,本处理场景可以包括以下处理步骤:Referring to Figure 10, this processing scenario may include the following processing steps:
源网络设备选择候选切换目标网络设备,向候选目标网络设备发送切换请求;The source network device selects a candidate switching target network device, and sends a switching request to the candidate target network device;
候选目标网络设备进行切换决定HO decision,确定是否可以接入该UE。若可,候选目标网络设备将向源网络设备发送切换请求ACK。其中,目标网络设备配置至少一套CFRA资源,其中,不同的CFRA资源的存在至少一种不同的配置,具体的配置内容如前所示,这里不再赘述。这样,能够利用多套CFRA资源,增加了可尝试使用的RA资源位置,增加了CFRA资源的valid的总时间,提高了RA成功的机会。The candidate target network device performs handover decision HO decision to determine whether it can access the UE. If possible, the candidate target network device will send a handover request ACK to the source network device. Among them, the target network device is configured with at least one set of CFRA resources, where different CFRA resources have at least one different configuration. The specific configuration content is as shown above, and will not be repeated here. In this way, multiple sets of CFRA resources can be utilized, the locations of the RA resources that can be tried are increased, the total valid time of the CFRA resources is increased, and the chance of success of the RA is improved.
其中,不同的CFRA资源可以对应不同的使用优先级,并且不同CFRA资源的使用优先级可以配置给UE。Among them, different CFRA resources can correspond to different usage priorities, and the usage priorities of different CFRA resources can be configured for the UE.
源网络设备发送切换命令。切换命令中携带如前所述的至少一套CFRA资源,即可以理解为第一CFRA资源。The source network device sends a switch command. The handover command carries at least one set of CFRA resources as described above, which can be understood as the first CFRA resource.
UE按照切换命令中的消息内容执行切换过程,包括CFRA过程。The UE executes the handover process according to the message content in the handover command, including the CFRA process.
在该处理过程中,UE可以判断CFRA失败但还有其他CFRA资源对应的RA未尝试时,MAC不向高层指示随机接入失败;或者,在多套CFRA尝试均失败时,MAC同样不向高层指示随机接入失败。In this process, the UE can determine that CFRA has failed but there are other CFRA resources corresponding to the RA that has not been attempted, the MAC does not indicate the random access failure to the upper layer; or, when multiple sets of CFRA attempts fail, the MAC also does not report to the upper layer Indicates random access failure.
例如,配置三套CFRA资源给切换的UE,每套资源valid的起始时间不同,如T1,T2,T3时刻起分别有效,若切换命令在T1和T2时刻之间被UE收到,则UE采用对应T2时刻和/或T3时刻的CFRA资源进行CFRA过程。For example, configure three sets of CFRA resources for the handover UE. The start time of each set of resource valid is different, such as T1, T2, and T3. If the handover command is received by the UE between T1 and T2, the UE The CFRA process is performed using the CFRA resources corresponding to time T2 and/or time T3.
又例如,配置2套CFRA资源给切换的UE,每套资源PRACH occasion index不同,如一个是index1一个是index2,由于LBT导致UE晚于目标网络设备发送切换请求ACK很久才收到HO command,为了提高UE可以尝试的CFRA的资源位置/机会,UE使用两套CFRA的资源执行CFRA过程,以增加在有限的MCOT时间内UE接入目标网络 的机会。For another example, two sets of CFRA resources are configured for the handover UE. Each set of resources has a different PRACH occurrence index. For example, one is index1 and the other is index2. Due to LBT, the UE sends the handover request ACK long after the target network device before receiving the HO command. Improve the resource location/opportunity of CFRA that the UE can try. The UE uses two sets of CFRA resources to perform the CFRA process to increase the chance of the UE accessing the target network within the limited MCOT time.
又例如,配置2套CFRA资源给切换的UE,每套资源valid的起始时间不同,如T1,T2时刻起分别有效,由于LBT导致UE晚于目标网络设备发送切换请求ACK很久才收到HO command,此时可能一套CFRA已经not valid了,为了提高UE可以尝试的CFRA的资源位置/机会,UE使用两套CFRA的资源执行CFRA过程,以增加在有限的MCOT时间内UE接入目标网络的机会。For another example, two sets of CFRA resources are configured for the handover UE, and the start time of each set of resource valid is different. For example, it is valid from T1 and T2. Due to LBT, the UE sends the handover request ACK long after the target network device sends the HO before receiving the HO. command. At this time, a set of CFRA may not be valid. In order to improve the resource location/opportunity of CFRA that the UE can try, the UE uses two sets of CFRA resources to perform the CFRA process to increase the UE's access to the target network within the limited MCOT time Opportunity.
又例如,配置2套CFRA资源给切换的UE,可选的同时通知每套资源的使用优先级。UE先用优先级高的CFRA资源或任选其中一套CFRA资源执行RA过程,若RA失败,UE不上报RA problem,接着尝试采用另外一套CFRA资源进行RA过程,直至RA失败或RA成功。其好处在于增加在有限的MCOT时间内UE接入目标网络的机会。For another example, configure 2 sets of CFRA resources to the handover UE, and optionally notify the priority of each set of resources at the same time. The UE first uses the high-priority CFRA resources or one set of CFRA resources to perform the RA process. If the RA fails, the UE does not report the RA problem, and then tries to use another set of CFRA resources to perform the RA process until the RA fails or the RA succeeds. The advantage is to increase the chance of UE accessing the target network within the limited MCOT time.
由于网络侧是否同时释放UE context和为UE预留的资源配置是不确定的,可能存在UE context等UE相关信息保留的情况下,CFRA资源not valid或者CFRA失败的问题。若按照现有协议,直接认为RA失败,或者触发重建,或者触发SCG change failure执行,而不回退到UE CBRA的过程,会导致UE接入网络延迟,甚至因为UE延迟接入导致错过MCOT的时间导致UE和网络通信长时间延迟,造成业务QoS降低,UE体验变差等问题。本方案通过配置/携带至少一条CFRA资源的方式解决了这一问题。Since it is uncertain whether the network side releases the UE context and the resource configuration reserved for the UE at the same time, there may be a problem that CFRA resources are not valid or CFRA fails when UE-related information such as the UE context is reserved. According to the existing agreement, if RA is directly considered to have failed, or re-establishment is triggered, or SCG change failure is triggered, without falling back to the UE CBRA process, it will cause the UE to access the network delay, and even miss the MCOT due to the delayed UE access. Time leads to long delays in the communication between the UE and the network, resulting in problems such as reduced service QoS and poor UE experience. This solution solves this problem by configuring/carrying at least one CFRA resource.
可见,通过采用上述方案,就能够通过第一信息辅助UE确定自身的UE相关信息的有效时长与网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者,辅助确定UE相关信息的有效时长。如此,保证UE侧与网络侧对于保存UE相关信息的有效时长的理解相对应,从而避免UE在进行切换执行或者随机接入的时候,由于网络侧释放UE相关信息而导致的重复接入等不必要的,提升UE与网络侧恢复连接的速度。It can be seen that by adopting the above solution, the first information can assist the UE to determine that the effective duration of its own UE-related information is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, or assist in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information. In this way, it is ensured that the UE side and the network side have a corresponding understanding of the effective duration of storing UE-related information, thereby avoiding repeated access caused by the network side releasing UE-related information when the UE performs handover or random access. If necessary, increase the speed at which the UE and the network side restore the connection.
本申请实施例提供了一种切换处理方法,应用于源网络设备,如图11所示,包括:The embodiment of the present application provides a handover processing method, which is applied to a source network device, as shown in FIG. 11, including:
步骤41:选择切换目标网络设备,向目标网络设备发送切换请求;Step 41: Select the switching target network device, and send a switching request to the target network device;
步骤42:接收目标网络设备反馈的切换请求确认信息;Step 42: Receive handover request confirmation information fed back by the target network device;
步骤43:向所述目标网络设备发送第二信息;其中,所述第二信息用于辅助目标网络设备确定所述目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长、与UE所确定的目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长一致。Step 43: Send second information to the target network device; where the second information is used to assist the target network device in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device and the target network device determined by the UE The valid duration of the saved UE-related information is consistent.
也就是说,本实施例中不涉及对空口和UE的影响,以网络侧交互的方式实现了与前述实施例类似的效果。That is to say, the impact on the air interface and the UE is not involved in this embodiment, and the effect similar to the foregoing embodiment is achieved in the manner of network-side interaction.
可以由源网络设备发送切换命令后或在切换命令发送成功后,向目标网络设备/候选目标网络设备发送特定指示信息,如切换命令发送确认消息,用于保证UE和目标网络设备对UE相关信息是否valid的理解一致,或者向目标网络设备指示给UE的切换命令发送成功,或者向目标网络设备指示资源维护/定时器维持状态重启。After the handover command is sent by the source network device or after the handover command is successfully sent, specific indication information can be sent to the target network device/candidate target network device, such as a handover command sending confirmation message, to ensure that the UE and the target network device have relevant information about the UE Whether the understanding is valid or not is consistent, or indicate to the target network device that the handover command to the UE is sent successfully, or indicate to the target network device that the resource maintenance/timer maintenance state restarts.
向目标网络设备发送第二信息之前,所述方法还包括:Before sending the second information to the target network device, the method further includes:
向UE发送切换命令;或者,向UE成功发送切换命令;或者,收到UE对切换命令成功接收的指示。其中,向UE发送切换命令,可以理解为源网络设备向UE第一次发送切换命令;另外,发送第二信息可以为第一次发送切换命令之后的第五预设时长的时候;当然,若源网络设备可以多次发送切换命令,则还可以理解为第二次发送切换命令,或者第三次,这里不再穷举。所述向UE成功发送切换命令,可以为接收到UE反馈的确认信息的时候,认为成功发送切换命令,另外,发送第二信息的时机,可以为确认成功发送切换命令的时刻,也可以为确认成功发送切换命令之后的第六预设时长的时候。第五预设时长与第六预设时长可以相同也可以不同。再一种情况是,能够在收到UE对切换命令成功接收的指示的时候,发送第二信息;这里,还可以具体可以为,接收到切换命令成功接收的指示的时刻,就确定发送第二信息,还可以为,接收到切换命令成功接收 的指示之后一段时长,再发送第二信息;这里一段时长可以根据实际情况进行设置,不做穷举。Send a handover command to the UE; or send a handover command to the UE successfully; or, receive an indication that the UE has successfully received the handover command. Among them, sending a handover command to the UE can be understood as the source network device sending a handover command to the UE for the first time; in addition, sending the second information can be the fifth preset time period after the handover command is sent for the first time; of course, if The source network device can send the handover command multiple times, it can also be understood as sending the handover command for the second time, or the third time, which will not be exhaustive here. The successful sending of the handover command to the UE may be that when the confirmation information fed back by the UE is received, the handover command is considered to be successfully sent. In addition, the timing of sending the second information may be the time when the handover command is confirmed to be successfully sent, or the confirmation When the sixth preset duration after the switch command is successfully sent. The fifth preset duration and the sixth preset duration may be the same or different. In another case, the second message can be sent when the UE receives the indication of the successful reception of the handover command; here, it can also be specifically that the second message is sent when the indication of the successful reception of the handover command is received. The information can also be a period of time after receiving the indication that the handover command is successfully received, and then the second message is sent; here, the period of time can be set according to the actual situation, and it is not exhaustive.
本实施例可以参见12,流程可以包括:Refer to 12 in this embodiment, and the process may include:
源网络设备选择候选切换目标网络设备,向候选目标网络设备发送切换请求;可选的,源网络设备将本小区的小区类型,如是否为NR-U小区,通知给目标网络设备,和/或向目标网络设备请求候选目标小区的小区类型,如是否为NR-U小区。可选的,在切换请求消息中携带上述信息。The source network device selects the candidate handover target network device and sends a handover request to the candidate target network device; optionally, the source network device notifies the target network device of the cell type of the cell, such as whether it is an NR-U cell, and/or Request the cell type of the candidate target cell from the target network device, such as whether it is an NR-U cell. Optionally, the above information is carried in the handover request message.
候选目标网络设备进行HO decision,确定是否可以接入该UE。若可,候选目标网络设备将向源网络设备发送切换请求ACK。可选的,候选目标网络设备将候选目标小区的小区类型信息通知给源网络设备。例如在切换请求ACK消息中携带候选目标小区的小区类型信息,如是否为NR-U小区。The candidate target network device makes a HO decision to determine whether it can access the UE. If possible, the candidate target network device will send a handover request ACK to the source network device. Optionally, the candidate target network device notifies the source network device of the cell type information of the candidate target cell. For example, the handover request ACK message carries the cell type information of the candidate target cell, such as whether it is an NR-U cell.
源网络设备向UE发送空口切换命令后,或着源网络设备在空口切换命令在发送成功后,或者,收到UE对切换命令成功接收的指示后,向目标网络设备/候选目标网络设备发送特定指示消息/信息,如切换命令发送确认消息,也就是可以发送第二信息。所述第二信息,包括以下至少之一:向目标网络设备指示源网络设备向UE发的切换命令发送成功;向目标网络设备指示源网络设备已发送切换命令;向目标网络设备指示资源维护行为/状态重置;向目标网络设备指示第一定时器重启;向目标网络设备指示第二时长;向目标网络设备指示UE开启定时器;向目标网络设备指示UE此时认为目标基站UE相关信息有效。After the source network device sends an air interface handover command to the UE, or after the source network device sends the air interface handover command successfully, or after receiving the UE’s indication of the successful reception of the handover command, it sends a specific target network device/candidate target network device Indication message/information, such as a handover command sending confirmation message, that is, second information can be sent. The second information includes at least one of the following: indicating to the target network device that the handover command sent by the source network device to the UE is successfully sent; indicating to the target network device that the source network device has sent the handover command; indicating to the target network device a resource maintenance behavior /State reset; Instruct the target network device to restart the first timer; Instruct the target network device for the second duration; Instruct the target network device to start the timer for the UE; Instruct the target network device that the UE considers the target base station UE related information valid .
所述第二信息,即特定指示消息/信息,用于保证UE和目标网络设备对UE相关信息是否valid的理解一致,或者向目标网络设备指示源网络设备向UE发的切换命令发送成功,或者,源网络设备已经发送切换命令,或者向目标网络设备指示资源维护行为/状态重置,或者向目标网络设备指示定时器维持状态重启。The second information, that is, a specific indication message/information, is used to ensure that the UE and the target network device have the same understanding of whether the UE-related information is valid, or indicate to the target network device that the handover command sent by the source network device to the UE is successfully sent, or , The source network device has sent a handover command, or instructs the target network device to perform resource maintenance actions/status reset, or instruct the target network device to restart the timer maintenance status.
可以通过发送第二信息,使得目标网络设备根据第二信息中的切换命令发送成功的指示,来确定开启第一定时器,由于UE侧是在接收到切换命令的时候,才会开始执行切换处理,此时UE会开始确定目标网络设备侧保存UE相关信息的有效时长,通过第二信息指示目标网络设备的时候,使得目标网络设备开启第一定时器的时刻与UE理解的目标网络设备侧开启第一定时器的时刻能够基本保持一致,从而在目标网络设备侧使得UE相关信息的保存有效时长与UE侧理解的能够一致。再或者,源网络设备向目标网络设备指示当前已经发送切换命令,此时目标网络设备侧可以开启第一定时器确定UE相关信息的有效时长,也能够使得目标网络设备开启第一定时器的时刻与UE侧确认的目标网络设备侧开启第一定时器的时刻一致。或者,通过向目标网络设备指示第一定时器重启,来指示第一定时器的开启时间,该信息也可以参考成功发送切换命令的时间来确定,比如,成功发送切换命令的时候,可以理解为UE认为目标网络设备侧的第一定时器开始启动,那么此时通过源网络设备向目标网络设备指示第一定时器的重启使得目标网络设备侧的第一定时器的重新开启的时刻与UE侧保持一致,从而实现UE侧与网络侧理解的保存UE相关信息的有效时长一致。或者,还可以向目标网络设备指示资源维护行为和/或状态重置,也就是说,控制目标网络设备的资源维护行为基于发送切换命令或成功发送切换命令的情况进行处理,或者根据发送切换命令或成功发送切换命令的时刻,对目标网络设备侧针对UE相关信息的状态的保存有效时长进行重置。还有一种情况,就是向目标网络设备指示第二时长,该第二时长可以为源网络设备理解的UE侧认为目标网络设备保存UE相关信息的有效时长,将该第二时长指示给目标网络设备,可以使得目标网络设备跟UE保持相同的有效时长。The second message can be sent so that the target network device determines to start the first timer according to the indication that the handover command in the second message is successfully sent. Since the UE side will start the handover process when the handover command is received At this time, the UE will start to determine the effective length of time the target network device side saves UE-related information. When the target network device is indicated through the second information, the target network device starts the first timer at the same time as the target network device side understood by the UE. The time of the first timer can be basically consistent, so that the effective duration of the storage of the UE-related information on the target network device side can be consistent with the understanding of the UE side. Or, the source network device indicates to the target network device that the handover command is currently sent. At this time, the target network device can start the first timer to determine the valid duration of the UE-related information, which can also make the target network device start the first timer It is consistent with the time when the target network device side starts the first timer confirmed by the UE side. Or, by instructing the target network device to restart the first timer to indicate the start time of the first timer, the information can also be determined by referring to the time when the handover command is successfully sent. For example, when the handover command is successfully sent, it can be understood as The UE thinks that the first timer on the target network device side has started, and then the source network device instructs the target network device to restart the first timer so that the restart time of the first timer on the target network device side is the same as the UE side. Keep consistent, so that the effective duration of saving UE-related information understood by the UE side and the network side is consistent. Alternatively, the resource maintenance behavior and/or state reset can also be instructed to the target network device, that is, the resource maintenance behavior of the control target network device is processed based on sending a handover command or successfully sending a handover command, or according to sending a handover command Or at the moment when the handover command is successfully sent, the effective duration of saving the state of the UE-related information on the target network device side is reset. In another case, the second duration is indicated to the target network device. The second duration may be the effective duration that the source network device understands the UE side thinks the target network device saves UE-related information, and the second duration is indicated to the target network device , Can make the target network device and the UE keep the same effective duration.
其中,UE相关信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE context,预留资源/配置,RA 资源,承载对应的配置,QoS参数,业务pattern信息Among them, UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: UE context, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS parameters, service pattern information
现有技术的缺点在于可能网络释放了UE资源,当时UE还认为当前的切换是可行的,导致不必要的时延和信令开销。本实施例避免了对空口和UE的影响,以网络侧交互的方式实现了类似的效果。The disadvantage of the prior art is that the network may release UE resources. At that time, the UE still believes that the current handover is feasible, resulting in unnecessary delay and signaling overhead. This embodiment avoids the impact on the air interface and the UE, and achieves similar effects in a manner of network side interaction.
在前述多种场景的基础上,与前述多个场景中的一个或多个结合使用,本实施例还可以提供以下更多的处理场景。需要指出的是,以下的场景还可以单独使用,即可以在不执行前述实施例提供的处理的情况下,执行以下两种处理场景,具体如下:On the basis of the foregoing multiple scenarios, combined with one or more of the foregoing multiple scenarios, this embodiment may also provide the following more processing scenarios. It should be pointed out that the following scenarios can also be used alone, that is, the following two processing scenarios can be executed without performing the processing provided in the foregoing embodiment, as follows:
处理场景1、Processing scenario 1,
为UE配置基于非竞争的随机接入资源;Configure non-contention-based random access resources for the UE;
相应的,UE基于所述切换命令执行切换,在切换过程中,满足第三预设条件时,从基于非竞争的随机接入回退至基于竞争的随机接入;Correspondingly, the UE performs handover based on the handover command, and during the handover process, when the third preset condition is met, fall back from non-contention-based random access to contention-based random access;
其中第三预设条件包括以下至少之一:The third preset condition includes at least one of the following:
基于非竞争的随机接入资源无效;Random access resources based on non-competition are invalid;
基于非竞争的随机接入失败。Random access based on non-contention fails.
也就是说,在切换过程中,当UE基于非竞争的随机接入(CFRA,Contention Free Random Access)失败时,或者,CFRA资源无效时,UE从CFRA回退到基于竞争的随机接入(CBRA,Contention Based Random Access)。此时UE可能会上报随机接入失败,也可以不上报。That is to say, during the handover process, when the UE fails in contention-based random access (CFRA, Contention Free Random Access), or when CFRA resources are invalid, the UE falls back from CFRA to contention-based random access (CBRA). , Contention Based Random Access). At this time, the UE may report random access failure, or may not report it.
具体的处理流程与前述实施例提供的处理场景1的详细说明一致,这里不再赘述。The specific processing flow is consistent with the detailed description of processing scenario 1 provided in the foregoing embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
处理场景2、可以为UE指示多套非竞争的随机接入资源。Processing scenario 2: Multiple sets of non-contention random access resources can be indicated for the UE.
本实施例还可以包括:所述方法还包括:This embodiment may further include: the method further includes:
向UE发送切换命令;Send a handover command to the UE;
其中,所述切换命令携带至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源,或者,所述切换命令携带至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源以及每套基于非竞争的随机接入资源的优先级。Wherein, the handover command carries at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources, or the handover command carries at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources and the priority of each set of non-competition-based random access resources. level.
其中,不同的基于非竞争的随机接入资源的以下信息中至少之一不同:Wherein, at least one of the following information of different non-competition-based random access resources is different:
资源有效起始之间不同,PRACH时机标识不同,PRACH资源时域/频域位置间隔不同,前导序列参数不同,前导序列标识不同。The effective start of the resource is different, the PRACH timing identifier is different, the time domain/frequency domain position interval of the PRACH resource is different, the preamble sequence parameter is different, and the preamble sequence identifier is different.
本场景中,可以为UE配置多套非竞争的随机接入资源。此时,UE可以通过其中一套非竞争的随机接入资源执行处理。此时,若发生失败可以向高层指示随机接入失败。然后UE可以再次选择另外一套非竞争的随机接入资源进行接入。In this scenario, multiple sets of non-contention random access resources can be configured for the UE. At this time, the UE can perform processing through one set of non-contention random access resources. At this time, if a failure occurs, the random access failure can be indicated to the higher layer. Then the UE can again select another set of non-competitive random access resources for access.
本处理场景中可以包括有:可以为UE配置多套非竞争的随机接入资源。此时,UE可以通过至少一套非竞争的随机接入资源执行处理。此时可以在其中任一一套接入失败的时候,向高层指示随机接入失败,或者不向高层指示随机接入失败。或者,还可以为全部接入失败的时候,向高层指示随机接入失败,或者不向高层指示随机接入失败This processing scenario may include: multiple sets of non-contention random access resources may be configured for the UE. At this time, the UE can perform processing through at least one set of non-contention random access resources. At this time, when any one set of access fails, the random access failure can be indicated to the upper layer, or the random access failure can not be indicated to the upper layer. Or, it can also indicate random access failure to higher layers when all access fails, or not indicate random access failure to higher layers
另外,本处理场景中可以包括有:可以为UE配置多套非竞争的随机接入资源。此时,当判断第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源的处理失败时,若存在除所述第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源之外的其他非竞争的随机接入资源,则不向高层指示随机接入失败。In addition, this processing scenario may include: multiple sets of non-contention random access resources may be configured for the UE. At this time, when it is determined that the processing of the first non-contention-based random access resource has failed, if there are other non-competition random access resources other than the first non-contention-based random access resource, then no The upper layer indicates random access failure.
也就是说,UE可以通过其中一套非竞争的随机接入资源执行处理。此时,若发生失败可以不向高层指示随机接入失败。然后UE可以再次选择另外一套非竞争的随机接入资源进行接入。In other words, the UE can perform processing through one set of non-contention random access resources. At this time, if a failure occurs, the random access failure may not be indicated to the higher layer. Then the UE can again select another set of non-competitive random access resources for access.
具体的处理流程与前述实施例提供的处理场景2的详细说明一致,这里不再赘述。The specific processing flow is consistent with the detailed description of processing scenario 2 provided in the foregoing embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
由于网络侧是否同时释放UE context和为UE预留的资源配置是不确定的,可能存在UE context等UE相关信息保留的情况下,CFRA资源not valid或者CFRA失败的问 题。若按照现有协议,直接认为RA失败,或者触发重建,或者触发SCG change failure执行,而不回退到UE CBRA的过程,会导致UE接入网络延迟,甚至因为UE延迟接入导致错过MCOT的时间导致UE和网络通信长时间延迟,造成业务QoS降低,UE体验变差等问题。通过配置/携带至少一条CFRA资源的方式解决了这一问题。Since it is uncertain whether the network side releases the UE context and the resource configuration reserved for the UE at the same time, there may be a problem that CFRA resources are not valid or CFRA fails when UE-related information such as the UE context is reserved. According to the existing agreement, if RA is directly considered to have failed, or re-establishment is triggered, or SCG change failure is triggered, without falling back to the UE CBRA process, it will cause the UE to access the network delay, and even miss the MCOT due to the delayed UE access. Time leads to long delays in the communication between the UE and the network, resulting in problems such as reduced service QoS and poor UE experience. This problem is solved by configuring/carrying at least one CFRA resource.
可见,通过采用上述方案,就能够通过第一信息辅助UE确定自身的UE相关信息的有效时长与网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者,辅助确定UE相关信息的有效时长。如此,保证UE侧与网络侧对于保存UE相关信息的有效时长的理解相对应,从而避免UE在进行切换执行或者随机接入的时候,由于网络侧释放UE相关信息而导致的重复接入等不必要的,提升UE与网络侧恢复连接的速度。It can be seen that by adopting the above solution, the first information can assist the UE to determine that the effective duration of its own UE-related information is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, or assist in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information. In this way, it is ensured that the UE side and the network side have a corresponding understanding of the effective duration of storing UE-related information, thereby avoiding repeated access caused by the network side releasing UE-related information when the UE performs handover or random access. If necessary, increase the speed at which the UE and the network side restore the connection.
本申请实施例提供了一种切换处理方法,应用于目标网络设备,如图13所示,包括:The embodiment of the application provides a handover processing method, which is applied to a target network device, as shown in FIG. 13, including:
步骤51:接收源网络设备发送的切换请求;Step 51: Receive a handover request sent by the source network device;
步骤52:向所述源网络设备发送切换请求确认信息;Step 52: Send handover request confirmation information to the source network device;
步骤53:接收所述源网络设备发送的第二信息;其中,所述第二信息用于辅助目标网络设备确定所述目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长、与UE所确定的目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长一致。Step 53: Receive second information sent by the source network device; where the second information is used to assist the target network device in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device and the target network determined by the UE The valid duration of UE-related information saved by the device is consistent.
也就是说,本实施例中不涉及对空口和UE的影响,以网络侧交互的方式实现了与前述实施例类似的效果。That is to say, the impact on the air interface and the UE is not involved in this embodiment, and the effect similar to the foregoing embodiment is achieved in the manner of network-side interaction.
可以由源网络设备发送切换命令后或在切换命令发送成功后,向目标网络设备/候选目标网络设备发送特定指示信息,如切换命令发送确认消息,用于保证UE和目标网络设备对UE相关信息是否valid的理解一致,或者向目标网络设备指示给UE的切换命令发送成功,或者向目标网络设备指示资源维护/定时器维持状态重启。After the handover command is sent by the source network device or after the handover command is successfully sent, specific indication information can be sent to the target network device/candidate target network device, such as a handover command sending confirmation message, to ensure that the UE and the target network device have relevant information about the UE Whether the understanding is valid or not is consistent, or indicate to the target network device that the handover command to the UE is sent successfully, or indicate to the target network device that the resource maintenance/timer maintenance state restarts.
本实施例,流程可以包括:In this embodiment, the process may include:
源网络设备选择候选切换目标网络设备,向候选目标网络设备发送切换请求;可选的,源网络设备将本小区的小区类型,如是否为NR-U小区,通知给目标网络设备,和/或向目标网络设备请求候选目标小区的小区类型,如是否为NR-U小区。可选的,在切换请求消息中携带上述信息。The source network device selects the candidate handover target network device and sends a handover request to the candidate target network device; optionally, the source network device notifies the target network device of the cell type of the cell, such as whether it is an NR-U cell, and/or Request the cell type of the candidate target cell from the target network device, such as whether it is an NR-U cell. Optionally, the above information is carried in the handover request message.
候选目标网络设备进行HO decision,确定是否可以接入该UE。若可,候选目标网络设备将向源网络设备发送切换请求ACK。可选的,候选目标网络设备将候选目标小区的小区类型信息通知给源网络设备。例如在切换请求ACK消息中携带候选目标小区的小区类型信息,如是否为NR-U小区。The candidate target network device makes a HO decision to determine whether it can access the UE. If possible, the candidate target network device will send a handover request ACK to the source network device. Optionally, the candidate target network device notifies the source network device of the cell type information of the candidate target cell. For example, the handover request ACK message carries the cell type information of the candidate target cell, such as whether it is an NR-U cell.
源网络设备向UE发送空口切换命令后,或着源网络设备在空口切换命令在发送成功后,向目标网络设备/候选目标网络设备发送特定指示消息/信息,如切换命令发送确认消息,也就是可以发送第二信息。所述第二信息,包括以下至少之一:After the source network device sends an air interface handover command to the UE, or the source network device sends a specific indication message/information to the target network device/candidate target network device after the air interface handoff command is successfully sent, such as a handover command sending confirmation message, that is The second message can be sent. The second information includes at least one of the following:
源网络设备向UE发的切换命令发送成功的指示;An indication that the handover command sent by the source network device to the UE is successfully sent;
源网络设备已发送切换命令的指示;An indication that the source network device has sent a handover command;
资源维护行为/状态重置的指示;Resource maintenance actions/state reset instructions;
第一定时器重启的指示;An indication that the first timer is restarted;
第二时长的指示。Instructions for the second duration.
也就是说,所述第二信息,即特定指示消息/信息,用于保证UE和目标网络设备对UE相关信息是否valid的理解一致,或者向目标网络设备指示源网络设备向UE发的切换命令发送成功,或者,源网络设备已经发送切换命令,或者向目标网络设备指示资源维护行为/状态重置,或者向目标网络设备指示定时器维持状态重启。That is, the second information, that is, the specific indication message/information, is used to ensure that the UE and the target network device have the same understanding of whether the UE-related information is valid, or indicate to the target network device the handover command sent by the source network device to the UE The transmission is successful, or the source network device has sent a switching command, or instructs the resource maintenance behavior/status reset to the target network device, or instructs the target network device to restart the timer maintenance state.
也就是说,可以通过发送第二信息,使得目标网络设备根据第二信息中的切换命令发送成功的指示,来确定开启第一定时器,由于UE侧是在接收到切换命令的时候,才会开始执行切换处理,此时UE会开始确定目标网络设备侧保存UE相关信息的有效时长,通过第二信息指示目标网络设备的时候,使得目标网络设备开启第一定时器的时刻与UE理解的目标网络设备侧开启第一定时器的时刻能够基本保持一致,从而在目标网络设备侧使得UE相关信息的保存有效时长与UE侧理解的能够一致。再或者,源网络设备向目标网络设备指示当前已经发送切换命令,此时目标网络设备侧可以开启第一定时器确定UE相关信息的有效时长,也能够使得目标网络设备开启第一定时器的时刻与UE侧确认的目标网络设备侧开启第一定时器的时刻一致。或者,通过向目标网络设备指示第一定时器重启,来指示第一定时器的开启时间,该信息也可以参考成功发送切换命令的时间来确定,比如,成功发送切换命令的时候,可以理解为UE认为目标网络设备侧的第一定时器开始启动,那么此时通过源网络设备向目标网络设备指示第一定时器的重启使得目标网络设备侧的第一定时器的重新开启的时刻与UE侧保持一致,从而实现UE侧与网络侧理解的保存UE相关信息的有效时长一致。或者,还可以向目标网络设备指示资源维护行为和/或状态重置,也就是说,控制目标网络设备的资源维护行为基于发送切换命令或成功发送切换命令的情况进行处理,或者根据发送切换命令或成功发送切换命令的时刻,对目标网络设备侧针对UE相关信息的状态的保存有效时长进行重置。还有一种情况,就是向目标网络设备指示第二时长,该第二时长可以为源网络设备理解的UE侧认为目标网络设备保存UE相关信息的有效时长,将该第二时长指示给目标网络设备,可以使得目标网络设备跟UE保持相同的有效时长。That is to say, the second information can be sent to enable the target network device to determine to start the first timer according to the indication that the handover command in the second information is successfully sent. Because the UE side only receives the handover command, it Start the handover process. At this time, the UE will start to determine the effective duration of the storage of UE-related information on the target network device side. When the target network device is indicated through the second information, the time when the target network device starts the first timer is consistent with the target understood by the UE. The time when the network device side starts the first timer can be basically the same, so that the effective duration of the UE-related information on the target network device side can be kept consistent with what the UE side understands. Or, the source network device indicates to the target network device that the handover command is currently sent. At this time, the target network device can start the first timer to determine the valid duration of the UE-related information, which can also make the target network device start the first timer It is consistent with the time when the target network device side starts the first timer confirmed by the UE side. Or, by instructing the target network device to restart the first timer to indicate the start time of the first timer, the information can also be determined by referring to the time when the handover command is successfully sent. For example, when the handover command is successfully sent, it can be understood as The UE thinks that the first timer on the target network device side has started, and then the source network device instructs the target network device to restart the first timer so that the restart time of the first timer on the target network device side is the same as the UE side. Keep consistent, so that the effective duration of saving UE-related information understood by the UE side and the network side is consistent. Alternatively, the resource maintenance behavior and/or state reset can also be instructed to the target network device, that is, the resource maintenance behavior of the control target network device is processed based on sending a handover command or successfully sending a handover command, or according to sending a handover command Or at the moment when the handover command is successfully sent, the effective duration of saving the state of the UE-related information on the target network device side is reset. In another case, the second duration is indicated to the target network device. The second duration may be the effective duration that the source network device understands the UE side thinks the target network device saves UE-related information, and the second duration is indicated to the target network device , Can make the target network device and the UE keep the same effective duration.
其中,UE相关信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE context,预留资源/配置,RA资源,承载对应的配置,QoS参数,业务pattern信息Among them, UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: UE context, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS parameters, service pattern information
现有技术的缺点在于可能网络释放了UE资源,当时UE还认为当前的切换是可行的,导致不必要的时延和信令开销。本实施例避免了对空口和UE的影响,以网络侧交互的方式实现了类似的效果。The disadvantage of the prior art is that the network may release UE resources. At that time, the UE still believes that the current handover is feasible, resulting in unnecessary delay and signaling overhead. This embodiment avoids the impact on the air interface and the UE, and achieves similar effects in a manner of network side interaction.
在前述多种场景的基础上,与前述多个场景中的一个或多个结合使用,本实施例还可以提供以下更多的处理场景。需要指出的是,以下的场景还可以单独使用,即可以在不执行前述实施例提供的处理的情况下,执行以下两种处理场景,具体如下:On the basis of the foregoing multiple scenarios, combined with one or more of the foregoing multiple scenarios, this embodiment may also provide the following more processing scenarios. It should be pointed out that the following scenarios can also be used alone, that is, the following two processing scenarios can be executed without performing the processing provided in the foregoing embodiment, as follows:
处理场景1、Processing scenario 1,
为UE配置基于非竞争的随机接入资源;该随机接入资源可以为目标基站为UE配置,然后通过源网络设备发送至UE。Configure a non-contention-based random access resource for the UE; the random access resource may be configured for the UE by the target base station, and then sent to the UE through the source network device.
具体的处理流程与前述实施例提供的处理场景1的详细说明一致,这里不再赘述。The specific processing flow is consistent with the detailed description of processing scenario 1 provided in the foregoing embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
处理场景2、可以为UE指示多套非竞争的随机接入资源。Processing scenario 2: Multiple sets of non-contention random access resources can be indicated for the UE.
所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
向源网络设备发送至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源,或者,Send at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources to the source network device, or,
向源网络设备发送至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源以及每套基于非竞争的随机接入资源的优先级。Send at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources and the priority of each set of non-competition-based random access resources to the source network device.
其中,不同的基于非竞争的随机接入资源的以下信息中至少之一不同:Wherein, at least one of the following information of different non-competition-based random access resources is different:
资源有效起始之间不同,PRACH时机标识不同,PRACH资源时域/频域位置间隔不同,前导序列参数不同,前导序列标识不同。The effective start of the resource is different, the PRACH timing identifier is different, the time domain/frequency domain position interval of the PRACH resource is different, the preamble sequence parameter is different, and the preamble sequence identifier is different.
需要理解的是,本实施例中发送给源网络设备的至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源,或者至少一套非竞争的随机接入资源及其对应的优先级,最终由源网络设备发送至UE。It should be understood that, in this embodiment, at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources, or at least one set of non-competition random access resources and their corresponding priorities, sent to the source network device, is ultimately sent to the source network device. Sent to UE.
其他具体的处理流程与前述实施例提供的处理场景2的详细说明一致,这里不再赘 述。Other specific processing procedures are consistent with the detailed description of processing scenario 2 provided in the foregoing embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
由于网络侧是否同时释放UE context和为UE预留的资源配置是不确定的,可能存在UE context等UE相关信息保留的情况下,CFRA资源not valid或者CFRA失败的问题。若按照现有协议,直接认为RA失败,或者触发重建,或者触发SCG change failure执行,而不回退到UE CBRA的过程,会导致UE接入网络延迟,甚至因为UE延迟接入导致错过MCOT的时间导致UE和网络通信长时间延迟,造成业务QoS降低,UE体验变差等问题。通过配置/携带至少一条CFRA资源的方式解决了这一问题。Since it is uncertain whether the network side releases the UE context and the resource configuration reserved for the UE at the same time, there may be a problem that CFRA resources are not valid or CFRA fails when UE-related information such as the UE context is reserved. According to the existing agreement, if RA is directly considered to have failed, or re-establishment is triggered, or SCG change failure is triggered, without falling back to the UE CBRA process, it will cause the UE to access the network delay, and even miss the MCOT due to the delayed UE access. Time leads to long delays in the communication between the UE and the network, resulting in problems such as reduced service QoS and poor UE experience. This problem is solved by configuring/carrying at least one CFRA resource.
可见,通过采用上述方案,就能够通过第一信息辅助UE确定自身的UE相关信息的有效时长与网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者,辅助确定UE相关信息的有效时长。如此,保证UE侧与网络侧对于保存UE相关信息的有效时长的理解相对应,从而避免UE在进行切换执行或者随机接入的时候,由于网络侧释放UE相关信息而导致的重复接入等不必要的,提升UE与网络侧恢复连接的速度。It can be seen that by adopting the above solution, the first information can assist the UE to determine that the effective duration of its own UE-related information is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, or assist in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information. In this way, it is ensured that the UE side and the network side have a corresponding understanding of the effective duration of storing UE-related information, thereby avoiding repeated access caused by the network side releasing UE-related information when the UE performs handover or random access. If necessary, increase the speed at which the UE and the network side restore the connection.
本申请实施例提供了一种切换处理方法,应用于目标网络设备,如图14所示,包括:The embodiment of the application provides a handover processing method, which is applied to a target network device, as shown in FIG. 14, includes:
步骤61:将第一信息发送至源网络设备;Step 61: Send the first information to the source network device;
其中,所述第一信息至少用于辅助UE确定UE侧和网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者用于确定UE相关信息的有效时长。Wherein, the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
本实施例中,由目标网络设备确定第一信息,通过源网络设备指示给UE。具体来说:In this embodiment, the target network device determines the first information and instructs it to the UE through the source network device. Specifically:
所述方法还包括:向源网络设备发送切换请求确认信息,所述切换请求确认信息中携带所述第一信息。The method further includes: sending handover request confirmation information to the source network device, where the handover request confirmation information carries the first information.
所述第一信息用于指示UE相关信息在目标网络设备的保留时间。所述第一信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE相关信息有效存留的终止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备之间的时间差信息,第一定时器的开启的时刻,第一定时器的时长。The first information is used to indicate the retention time of the UE related information in the target network device. The first information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: the end time of the effective retention of UE-related information, the time period during which the UE-related information is effectively retained, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the value of the first timer The duration of the first timer when it is turned on.
需要指出的是,目标网络设备确定第一信息的方式,可以为获取到自身保存UE相关信息的有效时长,然后基于当前时刻以及第一定时器的开启的时刻,确定UE相关信息有效存留的终止时间;或者,结合目标网络设备与源网络设备之间的时间差信息,来确定源网络设备接收到切换请求确认信息的时间,确定第一定时器的开启的时刻,并且将这两个参数均携带在第一信息中,以便UE侧接收到该第一信息的时候能够确定目标网络设备保存UE相关信息的有效时长。另外,第一定时器的时长为目标网络设备侧自身能够确定的,因此,能够直接将其添加至第一信息中。It should be pointed out that the method for the target network device to determine the first information can be to obtain the effective duration of its own storage of UE-related information, and then determine the termination of the effective retention of UE-related information based on the current time and the time when the first timer is started. Time; or, combined with the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, to determine the time when the source network device receives the handover request confirmation information, determine the time when the first timer is started, and carry both parameters In the first information, when the UE side receives the first information, it can determine the effective duration for the target network device to save the UE-related information. In addition, the duration of the first timer can be determined by the target network device itself, so it can be directly added to the first information.
其中,所述UE相关信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE的上下文内容,预留资源/配置,RA资源,承载对应的配置,QoS(Quality of Service,)参数,业务类型信息。Wherein, the UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: contextual content of the UE, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS (Quality of Service) parameters, and service type information.
其中,所述第一定时器的开启的时刻,可以为理解为绝对时刻,或者无线帧来表示。其中,绝对时刻可以为基于世界时间确定的。Wherein, the time when the first timer is started may be understood as an absolute time, or expressed in a wireless frame. Among them, the absolute time can be determined based on world time.
本场景中,具体的处理流程,结合图3,可以如下:In this scenario, the specific processing flow, combined with Figure 3, can be as follows:
源网络设备选择候选切换目标网络设备,向候选目标网络设备发送切换请求;The source network device selects a candidate switching target network device, and sends a switching request to the candidate target network device;
候选目标网络设备进行切换决定,确定是否可以接入该UE。若可,候选目标网络设备(即可以作为UE能够接入的目标网络设备之一)将向源网络设备发送切换请求确认,同时在该消息中携带第一信息;其中,所述第一定时器,用于维护所述UE相关信息在候选目标网络设备侧保存的有效时长。需要指出的是,第一定时器在网络设备侧可以为T304。关于T304的说明如前所述,这里不再赘述。The candidate target network device makes a handover decision to determine whether it can access the UE. If possible, the candidate target network device (that is, one of the target network devices that can be accessed by the UE) will send a handover request confirmation to the source network device, and at the same time carry the first information in the message; wherein, the first timer , Used to maintain the effective duration of the UE-related information saved on the candidate target network device side. It should be pointed out that the first timer may be T304 on the network device side. The description of T304 is as mentioned before, and will not be repeated here.
需要指出的是,满足第二预设条件时,开启第一定时器;It should be pointed out that when the second preset condition is met, the first timer is started;
其中,第二预设条件,包括以下至少之一:Wherein, the second preset condition includes at least one of the following:
目标网络设备发送切换请求确认信息;接收源网络设备发送的指示开启第一定时器的消息;收到第二信息。The target network device sends a handover request confirmation message; receives a message sent by the source network device indicating to start the first timer; and receives the second message.
其中,目标网络设备发送切换请求确认信息可以为,发送切换请求确认信息的时候、或者发送切换确认信息之后的第一时刻;所述第一时刻可以根据实际情况设置,比如,可以为0.6ms等等,这里不做限定。Wherein, the target network device sending the handover request confirmation information can be when the handover request confirmation information is sent, or the first moment after the handover confirmation information is sent; the first moment can be set according to the actual situation, for example, it can be 0.6ms, etc. Wait, there is no limit here.
其中,接收源网络设备发送的指示开启第一定时器的消息,可以为当接收到源网络设备发来的开启第一定时器的指示信息的时刻,开启第一定时器,或者,还可以为接收到源网络设备发来的开启第一定时器的指示消息之后的第二时刻,开启第一定时器。其中,第二时刻可以根据实际情况来进行设置,比如,可以设置为1ms。Wherein, receiving the message sent by the source network device instructing to start the first timer may be the moment when the instruction information sent by the source network device to start the first timer is received, the first timer is started, or it may also be At a second time after receiving the instruction message to start the first timer from the source network device, the first timer is started. Among them, the second time can be set according to the actual situation, for example, it can be set to 1ms.
所述收到第二信息,可以为接收到源网络设备发来的第二信息,第二信息用于辅助目标网络设备确定所述目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长、与UE所确定的目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长一致。通过接收到第二信息,可以认为源网络设备已经成功发送切换指令,并且基于该第二信息的指示目标网络设备可以确定需要开启第一定时器。The received second information may be receiving the second information sent by the source network device, and the second information is used to assist the target network device in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device, which is determined by the UE. The effective duration of the UE-related information saved by the target network equipment is the same. By receiving the second information, it can be considered that the source network device has successfully sent the handover instruction, and based on the indication of the second information, the target network device can determine that the first timer needs to be started.
UE可以利用给第一信息确定开启第一定时器(timer)的时间和时长,进而确定网络侧UE相关信息的有效时长,也就是确定网络侧保存UE相关信息的资源的有效时长。The UE may use the first information to determine the time and duration to start the first timer (timer), and then determine the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, that is, determine the effective duration of the resource for storing UE-related information on the network side.
其中,目标网络设备和源网络设备的时间差,可以例如,两个网络设备之间GPS时间不同步时的时间差等。The time difference between the target network device and the source network device may be, for example, the time difference between the two network devices when the GPS time is not synchronized.
基于前述处理流程,再参见图3,还可以包括:Based on the foregoing processing flow, referring to Figure 3 again, it may also include:
源网络设备发送切换命令至UE;The source network device sends a handover command to the UE;
UE接收源网络设备发送的切换命令,根据切换命令的消息,执行切换过程。The UE receives the handover command sent by the source network device, and executes the handover process according to the message of the handover command.
进一步地,结合图4、5进行说明,其中,横轴代表时间,从左到右代表时间从小到大。图4中示意出,当目标网络设备侧启动第一定时器之后直至第一定时器截止,为其保存UE相关信息的有效时长;在UE侧接收到源网络设备发来的切换命令的时候,启动自身的第一定时器,可以从图中看出,当目标网络设备的第一定时器截止的时候,UE侧的第一定时器还未停止,因此,可能会造成UE在切换过程中,UE认为目标网络设备还保存了相关信息而实际上目标网络设备已经释放该信息的可能。Further, it will be described with reference to Figures 4 and 5, where the horizontal axis represents time, and from left to right represents time from small to large. Figure 4 illustrates that when the target network device side starts the first timer until the first timer expires, it saves the effective duration of UE-related information; when the UE side receives a handover command from the source network device, Starting its own first timer, it can be seen from the figure that when the first timer of the target network device expires, the first timer on the UE side has not stopped. Therefore, the UE may be in the handover process. The UE thinks that the target network device still saves related information, but the target network device actually releases the information.
图5中示意出,UE能够接收源网络设备发来的切换命令,并且还会接收到其中携带的第一信息,根据第一信息确定目标网络设备侧保存的相关信息有效时长,进而UE能够在确定目标网络设备侧已经释放了相关信息的时候,不再进行切换或随机接入等处理。As shown in Figure 5, the UE can receive the handover command sent by the source network device, and will also receive the first information carried therein, and determine the valid duration of the relevant information stored on the target network device side according to the first information. When it is determined that the target network device side has released relevant information, no more processing such as handover or random access is performed.
可以看出,现有技术的缺点在于可能网络释放了UE资源,当时UE还认为当前的切换是可行的,导致不必要的时延和信令开销。本场景,UE能够确定目标网络设备实际维持UE context和配置的资源的有效时间,避免了UE和网络对资源预留理解的不一致,避免了不必要的UE行为,比如,一直尝试RA,但实际上网络已经释放UE context等了,使得UE能够尽快和网络恢复连接。It can be seen that the disadvantage of the prior art is that the network may release the UE resources. At that time, the UE still believes that the current handover is feasible, resulting in unnecessary delay and signaling overhead. In this scenario, the UE can determine the effective time that the target network device actually maintains the UE context and the configured resources, avoiding the inconsistency between the UE and the network's understanding of resource reservation, and avoiding unnecessary UE behavior. For example, it has been trying RA, but the actual The network has released the UE context and so on, so that the UE can resume the connection with the network as soon as possible.
可见,通过采用上述方案,就能够通过第一信息辅助UE确定自身的UE相关信息的有效时长与网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者,辅助确定UE相关信息的有效时长。如此,保证UE侧与网络侧对于保存UE相关信息的有效时长的理解相对应,从而避免UE在进行切换执行或者随机接入的时候,由于网络侧释放UE相关信息而导致的重复接入等不必要的,提升UE与网络侧恢复连接的速度。It can be seen that by adopting the above solution, the first information can assist the UE to determine that the effective duration of its own UE-related information is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, or assist in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information. In this way, it is ensured that the UE side and the network side have a corresponding understanding of the effective duration of storing UE-related information, thereby avoiding repeated access caused by the network side releasing UE-related information when the UE performs handover or random access. If necessary, increase the speed at which the UE and the network side restore the connection.
本申请实施例提供了一种源网络设备,如图15所示,包括:The embodiment of the application provides a source network device, as shown in FIG. 15, including:
第一通信单元71,将第一信息发送至用户设备UE;The first communication unit 71 sends the first information to the user equipment UE;
其中,所述第一信息至少用于辅助UE确定UE侧和网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者用于确定UE相关信息的有效时长。Wherein, the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
下面分多种场景对本实施方式提供的方案进行说明:The following describes the solution provided by this embodiment in multiple scenarios:
场景1、由目标网络设备确定第一信息,通过源网络设备指示给UE。具体来说: Scenario 1. The target network device determines the first information and instructs it to the UE through the source network device. Specifically:
第一通信单元71,接收候选目标网络设备发来的切换请求确认信息,所述切换请求确认信息中携带所述第一信息。The first communication unit 71 receives handover request confirmation information sent by the candidate target network device, where the handover request confirmation information carries the first information.
这种场景中,通过发送给UE的切换命令中携带所述第一信息;In this scenario, the first information is carried in the handover command sent to the UE;
所述第一信息用于指示UE相关信息在目标网络设备的保留时间。所述第一信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE相关信息有效存留的终止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备之间的时间差信息,第一定时器的开启的时刻,第一定时器的时长。The first information is used to indicate the retention time of the UE related information in the target network device. The first information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: the end time of the effective retention of UE-related information, the time period during which the UE-related information is effectively retained, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the value of the first timer The duration of the first timer when it is turned on.
其中,所述UE相关信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE的上下文内容,预留资源/配置,RA资源,承载对应的配置,QoS(Quality of Service,)参数,业务类型信息。Wherein, the UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: contextual content of the UE, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS (Quality of Service) parameters, and service type information.
其中,所述第一定时器的开启的时刻,可以为理解为绝对时刻,或者无线帧来表示。其中,绝对时刻可以为基于世界时间确定的。Wherein, the time when the first timer is started may be understood as an absolute time, or expressed in a wireless frame. Among them, the absolute time can be determined based on world time.
需要指出的是,源网络设备还可以包括:第一处理单元72,可以在满足第一预设条件时,指示目标网络设备开启第一定时器;It should be pointed out that the source network device may further include: a first processing unit 72, which may instruct the target network device to start the first timer when the first preset condition is satisfied;
其中,第一预设条件,包括以下至少之一:Wherein, the first preset condition includes at least one of the following:
收到切换请求确认信息;发送切换命令;发送切换命令成功。Receive handover request confirmation message; send handover command; send handover command successfully.
其中,收到切换请求确认信息可以为,接收到切换请求确认信息的时候、或者接收到切换确认信息之后第一预设时长的时候;所述第一预设时长可以根据实际情况设置,比如,可以为0.5ms等等,这里不做限定。Wherein, the handover request confirmation information can be received when the handover request confirmation information is received, or when the first preset time period after the handover confirmation information is received; the first preset time period can be set according to actual conditions, for example, It can be 0.5ms and so on, and there is no limitation here.
其中,发送切换命令,可以理解为,源网络设备向UE只要发送一条切换命令的时候,就满足第一预设条件;或者,可以为源网络设备向UE发送一条切换命令之后的第二预设时长的时候,确定为满足第一预设条件;第二预设时长可以根据实际情况进行设置,这里不再限定。Wherein, sending a handover command can be understood as the first preset condition when the source network device sends only one handover command to the UE; or, it can be the second preset after the source network device sends a handover command to the UE The duration is determined to meet the first preset condition; the second preset duration can be set according to actual conditions, and is not limited here.
发送切换命令成功,可以理解为发送切换命令成功的时刻,或者可以理解为发送切换命令成功之后第三预设时长的时候;第三预设时长也可以根据实际情况进行设置,不再限定;发送切换命令成功,或者可以理解为收到UE发送的切换命令成功接收指示的时候,或者可以理解为收到UE发送的切换命令成功接收指示之后第七预设时长的时候;第七预设时长也可以根据实际情况进行设置,不再限定。第一预设时长、第二预设时长、第三预设时长以及第七预设时长的长度可以相同或不同,或者,可以部分相同。The successful sending of the switching command can be understood as the moment when the switching command is successfully sent, or it can be understood as the third preset duration after the successful sending of the switching command; the third preset duration can also be set according to the actual situation and is no longer limited; The handover command is successful, or it can be understood as when the handover command sent by the UE is successfully received, or it can be understood as when the handover command sent by the UE is successfully received after the seventh preset duration; the seventh preset duration is also It can be set according to the actual situation and is no longer limited. The lengths of the first preset duration, the second preset duration, the third preset duration, and the seventh preset duration may be the same or different, or may be partially the same.
另外,关于发送切换命令成功的判定,可以为收到HARQ-确认ACK反馈时,或者收到无线链路控制(RLC,Radio Link Control)ARQ-ACK时。In addition, the determination of the success of sending the handover command can be when the HARQ-acknowledge ACK feedback is received, or when the radio link control (RLC, Radio Link Control) ARQ-ACK is received.
场景2、与场景1不同在于,本场景的第一信息由源网络设备生成。Scenario 2 is different from scenario 1 in that the first information in this scenario is generated by the source network device.
所述第一处理单元72,生成第一信息。The first processing unit 72 generates first information.
本场景第一信息的具体内容可以与场景1不同,比如,其中可以包括:切换命令下发延迟的时间,或者,切换命令下发失败的次数。The specific content of the first information in this scenario may be different from scenario 1, for example, it may include: the delay time for issuance of the handover command, or the number of times the issuance of the handover command fails.
所述第一通信单元71,还执行以下之一:The first communication unit 71 also performs one of the following:
在切换命令中携带第一信息;Carry the first information in the handover command;
在RRC消息中携带第一信息。The first information is carried in the RRC message.
也就是说,源网络设备在切换命令中,或者切换命令后的RRC消息中携带第一信息。其中,RRC消息可以为专用的RRC消息,用于将第一信息通知给UE。RRC消息的发送时刻,可以为在切换命令下发时、切换命令下发后的第一时刻发送给UE。其中,第一时刻与切换命令之间的时差可以为第四预设时长。That is, the source network device carries the first information in the handover command or the RRC message after the handover command. The RRC message may be a dedicated RRC message, which is used to notify the UE of the first information. The sending time of the RRC message may be sent to the UE when the handover command is issued or the first time after the handover command is issued. The time difference between the first moment and the handover command may be the fourth preset duration.
在上述场景2的基础之上,还可以包括以下两种子处理场景:Based on the above scenario 2, the following two sub-processing scenarios can also be included:
子处理场景1、 Sub-processing scenario 1,
所述第一处理单元71,根据以下信息至少之一,确定更新的第一定时器的参数,所述第一通信单元,将更新后的第一定时器的参数发送至UE:The first processing unit 71 determines the updated parameters of the first timer according to at least one of the following information, and the first communication unit sends the updated parameters of the first timer to the UE:
原第一定时器的参数、切换命令下发延迟的时间,切换命令下发失败的次数,网络 开启第一定时器的时间,UE相关信息有效存留的截止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备的时间差信息,第一定时器的时长。The parameters of the original first timer, the delay time for handover command delivery, the number of failed handover commands, the time when the network starts the first timer, the deadline for valid retention of UE-related information, and the time period for valid retention of UE-related information , The time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the duration of the first timer.
子场景2、Sub scene 2,
所述第一信息中还包括:The first information also includes:
第二时长;其中,第二时长与第一定时器的参数中的时长不同;The second duration; where the second duration is different from the duration in the parameters of the first timer;
所述第二时长用于为UE指示目标网络设备保留所述UE相关信息的有效时长,或者,所述第二时长用于使得UE和网络保留所述UE相关信息的有效时间一致。The second duration is used to instruct the target network device for the UE to retain the effective duration of the UE-related information, or the second duration is used to make the UE and the network retain the effective duration of the UE-related information consistent.
其中,所述第一处理单元72,基于以下信息至少之一,确定所述第二时长的参数:Wherein, the first processing unit 72 determines the parameter of the second duration based on at least one of the following information:
第一定时器的参数、切换命令下发延迟的时间,切换命令下发失败的次数,网络开启第一定时器的时间,UE相关信息有效存留的截止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备的时间差信息,第一定时器的时长。The parameters of the first timer, the delay time for the issuance of handover commands, the number of failed handover commands, the time when the network starts the first timer, the deadline for valid retention of UE-related information, and the time period for valid retention of UE-related information, The time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the duration of the first timer.
其中,第二时长可以由新的定时器来实现,比如,可以为与第一定时器不同的第二定时器来实现。相应的,UE在收到切换命令后开启该第二定时器,所述第二定时器运行期间,UE认为目标网络设备保留的UE信息valid。Wherein, the second duration may be implemented by a new timer, for example, it may be implemented by a second timer different from the first timer. Correspondingly, the UE starts the second timer after receiving the handover command. During the running of the second timer, the UE considers that the UE information retained by the target network device is valid.
可见,通过采用上述方案,就能够通过第一信息辅助UE确定自身的UE相关信息的有效时长与网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者,辅助确定UE相关信息的有效时长。如此,保证UE侧与网络侧对于保存UE相关信息的有效时长的理解相对应,从而避免UE在进行切换执行或者随机接入的时候,由于网络侧释放UE相关信息而导致的重复接入等不必要的,提升UE与网络侧恢复连接的速度。It can be seen that by adopting the above solution, the first information can assist the UE to determine that the effective duration of its own UE-related information is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, or assist in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information. In this way, it is ensured that the UE side and the network side have a corresponding understanding of the effective duration of storing UE-related information, thereby avoiding repeated access caused by the network side releasing UE-related information when the UE performs handover or random access. If necessary, increase the speed at which the UE and the network side restore the connection.
本申请实施例提供了一种UE,如图16所示,包括:The embodiment of the present application provides a UE, as shown in FIG. 16, including:
第二通信单元81,接收源网络设备发来的第一信息;The second communication unit 81 receives the first information sent by the source network device;
其中,所述第一信息至少用于辅助UE确定UE侧和网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者用于确定UE相关信息的有效时长。Wherein, the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
下面分多种场景对本实施方式提供的方案进行说明:The following describes the solution provided by this embodiment in multiple scenarios:
场景1、由源网络设备发来第一信息的时候,其中第一信息可以是由目标网络设备确定的。本场景针对这种情况进行说明。 Scenario 1. When the source network device sends the first information, the first information may be determined by the target network device. This scenario explains this situation.
所述第一信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE相关信息有效存留的终止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备之间的时间差信息,第一定时器的开启的时刻,第一定时器的时长。The first information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: the end time of the effective retention of UE-related information, the time period during which the UE-related information is effectively retained, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the value of the first timer The duration of the first timer when it is turned on.
其中,所述UE相关信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE的上下文内容,预留资源/配置,RA资源,承载对应的配置,服务质量(QoS,Quality of Service,)参数,业务类型信息。Wherein, the UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: contextual content of the UE, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, quality of service (QoS, Quality of Service,) parameters, service type information .
其中,所述第一定时器的开启的时刻,可以为理解为绝对时刻,或者无线帧来表示。其中,绝对时刻可以为基于世界时间确定的。Wherein, the time when the first timer is started may be understood as an absolute time, or expressed in a wireless frame. Among them, the absolute time can be determined based on world time.
进一步地,所述UE还可以包括:第二处理单元82,基于所述目标网络设备侧保存所述UE相关信息的有效时长,确定目标网络设备侧保存的UE相关信息为无效时,执行以下至少之一:Further, the UE may further include: a second processing unit 82, based on the effective duration of the UE-related information stored on the target network device side, when determining that the UE-related information stored on the target network device side is invalid, perform at least the following one:
确认切换失败;执行RRC连接重建过程;向网络指示SCG失败信息过程。Confirm that the handover fails; perform the RRC connection re-establishment process; indicate the SCG failure information process to the network.
也就是说,当确定UE相关信息valid时,例如定时器未超时,或者未到UE相关信息有效存留的截止时间点,UE执行切换过程,或切换中的RA过程。否则,认为切换失败,和/或,UE执行RRC连接重建过程(MCG切换)或向网络指示SCG失败信息过程。That is, when it is determined that the UE-related information is valid, for example, the timer has not expired, or the deadline for valid retention of the UE-related information has not been reached, the UE performs the handover process or the RA process during the handover. Otherwise, it is considered that the handover has failed, and/or the UE performs the RRC connection re-establishment procedure (MCG handover) or indicates the SCG failure information procedure to the network.
场景2、与场景1不同在于,本场景的第一信息由源网络设备生成。Scenario 2 is different from scenario 1 in that the first information in this scenario is generated by the source network device.
本场景第一信息的具体内容可以与场景1不同,比如,其中可以包括:切换命令下发延迟的时间,或者,切换命令下发失败的次数。The specific content of the first information in this scenario may be different from scenario 1, for example, it may include: the delay time for issuance of the handover command, or the number of times the issuance of the handover command fails.
所述方法还包括以下之一:The method also includes one of the following:
通过切换命令获取其携带的第一信息;通过RRC消息获取其携带的第一信息。Obtain the first information carried by the handover command; obtain the first information carried by the RRC message.
也就是说,源网络设备在切换命令中,或者切换命令后的RRC消息中携带第一信息。其中,RRC消息可以为专用的RRC消息,用于将第一信息通知给UE。RRC消息的发送时刻,可以为在切换命令下发时、切换命令下发后的第一时刻发送给UE。其中,第一时刻与切换命令之间的时差可以为第四预设时长。That is, the source network device carries the first information in the handover command or the RRC message after the handover command. The RRC message may be a dedicated RRC message, which is used to notify the UE of the first information. The sending time of the RRC message may be sent to the UE when the handover command is issued or the first time after the handover command is issued. The time difference between the first moment and the handover command may be the fourth preset duration.
此时,第二处理单元82,可确定以下信息:目标网络设备预留的资源;At this time, the second processing unit 82 may determine the following information: resources reserved by the target network device;
UE上下文的实际有效时间、有效时长、截止时间中至少之一;At least one of the actual effective time, effective duration, and deadline of the UE context;
切换命令中包含的配置信息的实际有效时间、有效时长、截止时间中至少之一;At least one of the actual effective time, effective time, and deadline of the configuration information contained in the switching command;
目标网络设备的第一定时器开启的时间;The time when the first timer of the target network device is started;
目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的起始时间;The start time when the target network device holds UE-related information;
目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的截止时间;The deadline for the target network device to keep UE-related information;
发送切换命令时目标网络设备第一定时器已运行的时长;The length of time the first timer of the target network device has been running when the handover command is sent;
发送切换命令时目标网络设备已经保有UE相关信息的时长;The length of time the target network device has retained UE-related information when the handover command is sent;
发送切换命令时UE相关信息在目标网络设备剩余的有效时长。The remaining effective duration of the UE related information in the target network device when the handover command is sent.
还需要指出的是,与前述处理流程存在不同的一种处理可以为,It should also be pointed out that a processing that is different from the foregoing processing flow can be:
前述信息可以由第一信息中携带,也就是说由源网络设备发送来的第一信息还可以包括以下至少之一:The foregoing information may be carried in the first information, that is to say, the first information sent by the source network device may also include at least one of the following:
目标网络设备预留的资源;Resources reserved by the target network equipment;
UE上下文的实际有效时间、有效时长、截止时间中至少之一;At least one of the actual effective time, effective duration, and deadline of the UE context;
切换命令中包含的配置信息的实际有效时间、有效时长、截止时间中至少之一;At least one of the actual effective time, effective time, and deadline of the configuration information contained in the switching command;
目标网络设备的第一定时器开启的时间;The time when the first timer of the target network device is started;
目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的起始时间;The start time when the target network device holds UE-related information;
目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的截止时间;The deadline for the target network device to keep UE-related information;
发送切换命令时目标网络设备第一定时器已运行的时长;The length of time the first timer of the target network device has been running when the handover command is sent;
发送切换命令时目标网络设备已经保有UE相关信息的时长;The length of time the target network device has retained UE-related information when the handover command is sent;
发送切换命令时UE相关信息在目标网络设备剩余的有效时长。The remaining effective duration of the UE related information in the target network device when the handover command is sent.
关于源网络设备侧如何确定上述信息,在前述实施方式中已经描述,这里不再赘述。How to determine the foregoing information on the source network device side has been described in the foregoing embodiments, and will not be repeated here.
在上述场景2的基础之上,还可以包括以下两种子处理场景:Based on the above scenario 2, the following two sub-processing scenarios can also be included:
子处理场景1、 Sub-processing scenario 1,
所述第一信息中还包括:更新后的第一定时器。The first information further includes: the updated first timer.
源网络设备侧会对第一定时器的参数就行修改,然后给UE发送更新后的第一定时器。The source network device side modifies the parameters of the first timer, and then sends the updated first timer to the UE.
或者,第二通信单元81,还可以:接收源网络设备发来的用于修改第一定时器的参数,第二处理单元82,基于所述修改第一定时器的参数,更新第一定时器。Alternatively, the second communication unit 81 may also: receive a parameter for modifying the first timer sent by the source network device, and the second processing unit 82 may update the first timer based on the parameter for modifying the first timer .
其中,参数可以包括以下至少之一:原第一定时器的参数、切换命令下发延迟的时间,切换命令下发失败的次数,网络开启第一定时器的时间,UE相关信息有效存留的截止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备的时间差信息,原第一定时器的时长。Among them, the parameters may include at least one of the following: the parameters of the original first timer, the delay time for the issuance of the handover command, the number of times the handover command fails to be issued, the time for the network to start the first timer, and the effective retention of UE-related information. Time, the time period during which UE-related information is effectively stored, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the length of the original first timer.
子场景2、Sub scene 2,
所述第一信息中还包括:第二时长;其中,第二时长与第一定时器的参数中的时长不同。The first information further includes: a second duration; where the second duration is different from the duration in the parameter of the first timer.
所述第二时长用于为UE指示目标网络设备保留所述UE相关信息的有效时长,或者,所述第二时长用于使得UE和网络保留所述UE相关信息的有效时间一致。The second duration is used to instruct the target network device for the UE to retain the effective duration of the UE-related information, or the second duration is used to make the UE and the network retain the effective duration of the UE-related information consistent.
所述第二时长与第一定时器的时长不同。The second duration is different from the duration of the first timer.
本场景中,同样的,第二处理单元82,还可以根据源网络设备下发的信息来由自身确定第二时长。In this scenario, similarly, the second processing unit 82 may also determine the second duration by itself according to the information issued by the source network device.
其中,第二时长可以由新的定时器来实现,比如,可以为与第一定时器不同的第二定时器来实现。相应的,UE在收到切换命令后开启该第二定时器,所述第二定时器运行期间,UE认为目标网络设备保留的UE信息valid。Wherein, the second duration may be implemented by a new timer, for example, it may be implemented by a second timer different from the first timer. Correspondingly, the UE starts the second timer after receiving the handover command. During the running of the second timer, the UE considers that the UE information retained by the target network device is valid.
在前述多种场景的基础上,与前述多个场景中的一个或多个结合使用,本实施例还可以提供以下更多的处理场景,需要指出的是,以下的场景还可以单独使用,也就是说,可以在不执行前述实施例提供的处理的情况下,执行以下两种处理场景,具体如下:On the basis of the foregoing multiple scenarios, combined with one or more of the foregoing multiple scenarios, this embodiment can also provide the following more processing scenarios. It should be pointed out that the following scenarios can also be used alone, or In other words, the following two processing scenarios can be executed without executing the processing provided by the foregoing embodiment, which are specifically as follows:
处理场景1、Processing scenario 1,
第二处理单元82,基于所述切换命令执行切换,在切换过程中,满足第三预设条件时,从基于非竞争的随机接入回退至基于竞争的随机接入;The second processing unit 82 performs handover based on the handover command, and during the handover process, when a third preset condition is met, fall back from non-contention-based random access to contention-based random access;
其中第三预设条件包括以下至少之一:The third preset condition includes at least one of the following:
基于非竞争的随机接入资源无效;Random access resources based on non-competition are invalid;
基于非竞争的随机接入失败。Random access based on non-contention fails.
也就是说,在切换过程中,当UE基于非竞争的随机接入(CFRA,Contention Free Random Access)失败时,或者,CFRA资源无效时,UE从CFRA回退到基于竞争的随机接入(CBRA,Contention Based Random Access)。That is to say, during the handover process, when the UE fails in contention-based random access (CFRA, Contention Free Random Access), or when CFRA resources are invalid, the UE falls back from CFRA to contention-based random access (CBRA). , Contention Based Random Access).
第二处理单元82,基于非竞争的随机接入失败的时候,可以通过第二通信单元81向高层指示随机接入失败。The second processing unit 82, when the non-contention-based random access fails, may indicate the random access failure to the higher layer through the second communication unit 81.
或者,还可以不向高层指示随机接入失败,具体的,所述方法还包括:当基于非竞争的随机接入失败时,不向高层指示随机接入失败。也就是说,当UE侧判断CFRA失败(或者CFRA无效)时,介质访问控制(MAC,Media Access Control)层不向高层指示随机接入失败(Random Access problem)。Alternatively, the random access failure may not be indicated to the higher layer. Specifically, the method further includes: when the non-contention-based random access fails, not indicating the random access failure to the higher layer. That is to say, when the UE side judges that CFRA fails (or CFRA is invalid), the Media Access Control (MAC, Media Access Control) layer does not indicate random access failure (Random Access problem) to the higher layer.
具体的处理流程与前述实施例提供的处理场景1的详细说明一致,这里不再赘述。The specific processing flow is consistent with the detailed description of processing scenario 1 provided in the foregoing embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
处理场景2、所述第二处理单元,执行以下之一:Processing scenario 2. The second processing unit performs one of the following:
基于多套非竞争的随机接入资源中的至少一套非竞争的随机接入资源进行处理;当基于至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源的处理失败时,不向高层指示随机接入失败;Processing is based on at least one set of non-competitive random access resources among multiple sets of non-competitive random access resources; when processing based on at least one set of non-competitive random access resources fails, random access is not indicated to the higher layer failure;
基于多套非竞争的随机接入资源中的至少一套非竞争的随机接入资源进行处理;当基于至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源的处理失败时,向高层指示随机接入失败;Perform processing based on at least one set of non-competitive random access resources among multiple sets of non-competitive random access resources; when processing based on at least one set of non-competitive random access resources fails, indicate random access failure to higher layers ;
基于多套非竞争的随机接入资源中的第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源进行处理;当判断第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源的处理失败时,若存在除所述第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源之外的其他非竞争的随机接入资源,则不向高层指示随机接入失败;The processing is performed based on the first non-competition-based random access resource among the multiple sets of non-competition random access resources; when it is determined that the processing of the first non-competition-based random access resource fails, if there is a Non-competitive random access resources other than non-competitive random access resources will not indicate random access failure to the higher layer;
基于多套非竞争的随机接入资源中的第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源进行处理;当判断第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源的处理失败时,若存在除所述第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源之外的其他非竞争的随机接入资源,则向高层指示随机接入失败。The processing is performed based on the first non-competition-based random access resource among the multiple sets of non-competition random access resources; when it is determined that the processing of the first non-competition-based random access resource fails, if there is a Other non-competitive random access resources other than the non-competitive random access resources indicate random access failure to the higher layer.
具体来说,本场景中,可以通过第二通信单元获取到为UE配置多套非竞争的随机接入资源。此时,第二处理单元控制通过其中一套非竞争的随机接入资源执行处理。此时,若发生失败可以通过第二通信单元向高层指示随机接入失败。然后可以再次选择另外一套非竞争的随机接入资源进行接入。Specifically, in this scenario, multiple sets of non-contention random access resources can be configured for the UE through the second communication unit. At this time, the second processing unit controls to perform processing through one set of non-competitive random access resources. At this time, if a failure occurs, the second communication unit can indicate the random access failure to the higher layer. Then you can select another set of non-competitive random access resources for access.
本处理场景中可以包括有:可以为UE配置多套非竞争的随机接入资源。此时,第二处理单元82控制通过至少一套非竞争的随机接入资源执行处理。此时可以在其中任一一套接入失败的时候,向高层指示随机接入失败,或者不向高层指示随机接入失败。或者,还可以为全部接入失败的时候,向高层指示随机接入失败,或者不向高层指示随 机接入失败This processing scenario may include: multiple sets of non-contention random access resources may be configured for the UE. At this time, the second processing unit 82 controls to perform processing through at least one set of non-competitive random access resources. At this time, when any one set of access fails, the random access failure can be indicated to the upper layer, or the random access failure can not be indicated to the upper layer. Or, it can also indicate random access failure to higher layers when all access fails, or not indicate random access failure to higher layers
另外,本处理场景中可以包括有:第二处理单元82,当判断第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源的处理失败时,若存在除所述第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源之外的其他非竞争的随机接入资源,则不向高层指示随机接入失败。In addition, this processing scenario may include: a second processing unit 82, when it is determined that the processing of the first non-competition-based random access resource fails, if there are other than the first non-contention-based random access resource For other non-competitive random access resources, no random access failure is indicated to the higher layer.
与前述处理场景1不同在于,本场景中能够设置多套CFRA资源,其中,不同的CFRA资源中,以下配置至少之一不同:资源有效valid起始之间不同,PRACH场景occasion标识index不同,PRACH资源时域/频域位置间隔不同,前导序列preamble标识index不同。The difference from the aforementioned processing scenario 1 is that multiple sets of CFRA resources can be set in this scenario. Among different CFRA resources, at least one of the following configurations is different: the valid start of the resource is different, the PRACH scenario occurrence identifier index is different, and the PRACH The resource time domain/frequency domain position interval is different, and the preamble identifier index of the preamble sequence is different.
可见,通过采用上述方案,就能够通过第一信息辅助UE确定自身的UE相关信息的有效时长与网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者,辅助确定UE相关信息的有效时长。如此,保证UE侧与网络侧对于保存UE相关信息的有效时长的理解相对应,从而避免UE在进行切换执行或者随机接入的时候,由于网络侧释放UE相关信息而导致的重复接入等不必要的,提升UE与网络侧恢复连接的速度。It can be seen that by adopting the above solution, the first information can assist the UE to determine that the effective duration of its own UE-related information is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, or assist in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information. In this way, it is ensured that the UE side and the network side have a corresponding understanding of the effective duration of storing UE-related information, thereby avoiding repeated access caused by the network side releasing UE-related information when the UE performs handover or random access. If necessary, increase the speed at which the UE and the network side restore the connection.
本申请实施例提供了一种源网络设备,如图17所示,包括:The embodiment of the application provides a source network device, as shown in FIG. 17, including:
第三处理单元91,选择切换目标网络设备;The third processing unit 91 selects a handover target network device;
第三通信单元92,向目标网络设备发送切换请求;接收目标网络设备反馈的切换请求确认信息;向所述目标网络设备发送第二信息;其中,所述第二信息用于辅助目标网络设备确定所述目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长、与UE所确定的目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长一致。The third communication unit 92 sends a handover request to the target network device; receives the handover request confirmation information fed back by the target network device; sends second information to the target network device; wherein the second information is used to assist the target network device in determining The effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device determined by the UE.
也就是说,本实施例中不涉及对空口和UE的影响,以网络侧交互的方式实现了与前述实施例类似的效果。That is to say, the impact on the air interface and the UE is not involved in this embodiment, and the effect similar to the foregoing embodiment is achieved in the manner of network-side interaction.
可以由源网络设备发送切换命令后或在切换命令发送成功后,向目标网络设备/候选目标网络设备发送特定指示信息,如切换命令发送确认消息,用于保证UE和目标网络设备对UE相关信息是否valid的理解一致,或者向目标网络设备指示给UE的切换命令发送成功,或者向目标网络设备指示资源维护/定时器维持状态重启。After the handover command is sent by the source network device or after the handover command is successfully sent, specific indication information can be sent to the target network device/candidate target network device, such as a handover command sending confirmation message, to ensure that the UE and the target network device have relevant information about the UE Whether the understanding is valid or not is consistent, or indicate to the target network device that the handover command to the UE is sent successfully, or indicate to the target network device that the resource maintenance/timer maintenance state restarts.
向目标网络设备发送第二信息之前,所述第三处理单元91,向UE发送切换命令;或者,向UE成功发送切换命令,或者,收到UE对切换命令成功接收的指示。Before sending the second information to the target network device, the third processing unit 91 sends a handover command to the UE; or, successfully sends a handover command to the UE, or receives an indication that the UE has successfully received the handover command.
其中,向UE发送切换命令,可以理解为源网络设备向UE第一次发送切换命令;另外,发送第二信息可以为第一次发送切换命令之后的第五预设时长的时候;当然,若源网络设备可以多次发送切换命令,则还可以理解为第二次发送切换命令,或者第三次,这里不再穷举。所述向UE成功发送切换命令,可以为接收到UE反馈的确认信息的时候,认为成功发送切换命令,另外,发送第二信息的时机,可以为确认成功发送切换命令的时刻,也可以为确认成功发送切换命令之后的第六预设时长的时候。第五预设时长与第六预设时长可以相同也可以不同。再一种情况是,能够在收到UE对切换命令成功接收的指示的时候,发送第二信息;这里,还可以具体可以为,接收到切换命令成功接收的指示的时刻,就确定发送第二信息,还可以为,接收到切换命令成功接收的指示之后一段时长,再发送第二信息;这里一段时长可以根据实际情况进行设置,不做穷举。Among them, sending a handover command to the UE can be understood as the source network device sending a handover command to the UE for the first time; in addition, sending the second information can be the fifth preset time period after the handover command is sent for the first time; of course, if The source network device can send the handover command multiple times, it can also be understood as sending the handover command for the second time, or the third time, which will not be exhaustive here. The successful sending of the handover command to the UE may be that when the confirmation information fed back by the UE is received, the handover command is considered to be successfully sent. In addition, the timing of sending the second information may be the time when the handover command is confirmed to be successfully sent, or the confirmation When the sixth preset duration after the switch command is successfully sent. The fifth preset duration and the sixth preset duration may be the same or different. In another case, the second message can be sent when the UE receives the indication of the successful reception of the handover command; here, it can also be specifically that the second message is sent when the indication of the successful reception of the handover command is received. The information can also be a period of time after receiving the indication that the handover command is successfully received, and then the second message is sent; here, the period of time can be set according to the actual situation, and it is not exhaustive.
其中,UE相关信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE context,预留资源/配置,RA资源,承载对应的配置,QoS参数,业务pattern信息Among them, UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: UE context, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS parameters, service pattern information
在前述多种场景的基础上,与前述多个场景中的一个或多个结合使用,本实施例还可以提供以下更多的处理场景。需要指出的是,以下的场景还可以单独使用,即可以在不执行前述实施例提供的处理的情况下,执行以下两种处理场景,具体如下:On the basis of the foregoing multiple scenarios, combined with one or more of the foregoing multiple scenarios, this embodiment may also provide the following more processing scenarios. It should be pointed out that the following scenarios can also be used alone, that is, the following two processing scenarios can be executed without performing the processing provided in the foregoing embodiment, as follows:
处理场景1、Processing scenario 1,
第三通信单元92,为UE配置基于非竞争的随机接入资源。The third communication unit 92 configures non-contention-based random access resources for the UE.
本处理场景前面提供了详细说明,这里不再赘述。The detailed description is provided in the front of this processing scenario, so I won't repeat it here.
处理场景2、Processing scenario 2,
第三通信单元92,向UE发送切换命令;The third communication unit 92 sends a handover command to the UE;
其中,所述切换命令携带至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源,或者,所述切换命令携带至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源以及每套基于非竞争的随机接入资源的优先级。Wherein, the handover command carries at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources, or the handover command carries at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources and the priority of each set of non-competition-based random access resources. level.
其中,不同的基于非竞争的随机接入资源的以下信息中至少之一不同:Wherein, at least one of the following information of different non-competition-based random access resources is different:
资源有效起始之间不同,PRACH时机标识不同,PRACH资源时域/频域位置间隔不同,前导序列参数不同,前导序列标识不同。The effective start of the resource is different, the PRACH timing identifier is different, the time domain/frequency domain position interval of the PRACH resource is different, the preamble sequence parameter is different, and the preamble sequence identifier is different.
可见,通过采用上述方案,就能够通过第一信息辅助UE确定自身的UE相关信息的有效时长与网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者,辅助确定UE相关信息的有效时长。如此,保证UE侧与网络侧对于保存UE相关信息的有效时长的理解相对应,从而避免UE在进行切换执行或者随机接入的时候,由于网络侧释放UE相关信息而导致的重复接入等不必要的,提升UE与网络侧恢复连接的速度。It can be seen that by adopting the above solution, the first information can assist the UE to determine that the effective duration of its own UE-related information is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, or assist in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information. In this way, it is ensured that the UE side and the network side have a corresponding understanding of the effective duration of storing UE-related information, thereby avoiding repeated access caused by the network side releasing UE-related information when the UE performs handover or random access. If necessary, increase the speed at which the UE and the network side restore the connection.
本申请实施例提供了一种目标网络设备,如图18所示,包括:The embodiment of the application provides a target network device, as shown in FIG. 18, including:
第四通信单元1001,接收源网络设备发送的切换请求;向所述源网络设备发送切换请求确认信息;接收所述源网络设备发送的第二信息;其中,所述第二信息用于辅助目标网络设备确定所述目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长、与UE所确定的目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长一致。The fourth communication unit 1001 receives a handover request sent by a source network device; sends a handover request confirmation message to the source network device; receives second information sent by the source network device; wherein the second information is used to assist the target The network device determines that the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device determined by the UE.
也就是说,本实施例中不涉及对空口和UE的影响,以网络侧交互的方式实现了与前述实施例类似的效果。That is to say, the impact on the air interface and the UE is not involved in this embodiment, and the effect similar to the foregoing embodiment is achieved in the manner of network-side interaction.
可以由源网络设备发送切换命令后或在切换命令发送成功后,向目标网络设备/候选目标网络设备发送特定指示信息,如切换命令发送确认消息,用于保证UE和目标网络设备对UE相关信息是否valid的理解一致,或者向目标网络设备指示给UE的切换命令发送成功,或者向目标网络设备指示资源维护/定时器维持状态重启。After the handover command is sent by the source network device or after the handover command is successfully sent, specific indication information can be sent to the target network device/candidate target network device, such as a handover command sending confirmation message, to ensure that the UE and the target network device have relevant information about the UE Whether the understanding is valid or not is consistent, or indicate to the target network device that the handover command to the UE is sent successfully, or indicate to the target network device that the resource maintenance/timer maintenance state restarts.
向目标网络设备发送第二信息之前,所述第四通信单元1001,向UE发送切换命令;或者,向UE成功发送切换命令。其中,向UE发送切换命令,可以理解为源网络设备向UE第一次发送切换命令;另外,发送第二信息可以为第一次发送切换命令之后的第五预设时长的时候;当然,若源网络设备可以多次发送切换命令,则还可以理解为第二次发送切换命令,或者第三次,这里不再穷举。所述向UE成功发送切换命令,可以为接收到UE反馈的确认信息的时候,认为成功发送切换命令,另外,发送第二信息的时机,可以为确认成功发送切换命令的时刻,也可以为确认成功发送切换命令之后的第六预设时长的时候。第五预设时长与第六预设时长可以相同也可以不同。Before sending the second information to the target network device, the fourth communication unit 1001 sends a handover command to the UE; or, successfully sends a handover command to the UE. Among them, sending a handover command to the UE can be understood as the source network device sending a handover command to the UE for the first time; in addition, sending the second information can be the fifth preset time period after the handover command is sent for the first time; of course, if The source network device can send the handover command multiple times, it can also be understood as sending the handover command for the second time, or the third time, which will not be exhaustive here. The successful sending of the handover command to the UE may be that when the confirmation information fed back by the UE is received, the handover command is considered to be successfully sent. In addition, the timing of sending the second information may be the time when the handover command is confirmed to be successfully sent, or the confirmation When the sixth preset duration after the switch command is successfully sent. The fifth preset duration and the sixth preset duration may be the same or different.
所述第二信息,包括以下至少之一:The second information includes at least one of the following:
源网络设备向UE发的切换命令发送成功的指示;An indication that the handover command sent by the source network device to the UE is successfully sent;
源网络设备已发送切换命令的指示;An indication that the source network device has sent a handover command;
资源维护行为/状态重置的指示;Resource maintenance actions/state reset instructions;
第一定时器重启的指示;An indication that the first timer is restarted;
第二时长的指示。Instructions for the second duration.
也就是说,所述第二信息,即特定指示消息/信息,用于保证UE和目标网络设备对UE相关信息是否valid的理解一致,或者向目标网络设备指示源网络设备向UE发的切换命令发送成功,或者,源网络设备已经发送切换命令,或者向目标网络设备指示资源维护行为/状态重置,或者向目标网络设备指示定时器维持状态重启。That is, the second information, that is, the specific indication message/information, is used to ensure that the UE and the target network device have the same understanding of whether the UE-related information is valid, or indicate to the target network device the handover command sent by the source network device to the UE The transmission is successful, or the source network device has sent a switching command, or instructs the resource maintenance behavior/status reset to the target network device, or instructs the target network device to restart the timer maintenance state.
其中,UE相关信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE context,预留资源/配置,RA 资源,承载对应的配置,QoS参数,业务pattern信息Among them, UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: UE context, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS parameters, service pattern information
在前述多种场景的基础上,与前述多个场景中的一个或多个结合使用,本实施例还可以提供以下更多的处理场景。需要指出的是,以下的场景还可以单独使用,即可以在不执行前述实施例提供的处理的情况下,执行以下两种处理场景,具体如下:On the basis of the foregoing multiple scenarios, combined with one or more of the foregoing multiple scenarios, this embodiment may also provide the following more processing scenarios. It should be pointed out that the following scenarios can also be used alone, that is, the following two processing scenarios can be executed without performing the processing provided in the foregoing embodiment, as follows:
处理场景1、Processing scenario 1,
第四通信单元1001,为UE配置基于非竞争的随机接入资源;The fourth communication unit 1001 configures non-contention-based random access resources for the UE;
相应的,UE基于所述切换命令执行切换,在切换过程中,满足第三预设条件时,从基于非竞争的随机接入回退至基于竞争的随机接入;Correspondingly, the UE performs handover based on the handover command, and during the handover process, when the third preset condition is met, fall back from non-contention-based random access to contention-based random access;
其中第三预设条件包括以下至少之一:The third preset condition includes at least one of the following:
基于非竞争的随机接入资源无效;Random access resources based on non-competition are invalid;
基于非竞争的随机接入失败。Random access based on non-contention fails.
也就是说,在切换过程中,当UE基于非竞争的随机接入(CFRA,Contention Free Random Access)失败时,或者,CFRA资源无效时,UE从CFRA回退到基于竞争的随机接入(CBRA,Contention Based Random Access)。此时UE可能会上报随机接入失败,也可以不上报。That is to say, during the handover process, when the UE fails in contention-based random access (CFRA, Contention Free Random Access), or when CFRA resources are invalid, the UE falls back from CFRA to contention-based random access (CBRA). , Contention Based Random Access). At this time, the UE may report random access failure, or may not report it.
具体的处理流程与前述实施例提供的处理场景1的详细说明一致,这里不再赘述。The specific processing flow is consistent with the detailed description of processing scenario 1 provided in the foregoing embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
处理场景2、可以为UE指示多套非竞争的随机接入资源。Processing scenario 2: Multiple sets of non-contention random access resources can be indicated for the UE.
本实施例还可以包括:所述第四通信单元1001,向UE发送切换命令;This embodiment may further include: the fourth communication unit 1001 sending a handover command to the UE;
其中,所述切换命令携带至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源,或者,所述切换命令携带至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源以及每套基于非竞争的随机接入资源的优先级。Wherein, the handover command carries at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources, or the handover command carries at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources and the priority of each set of non-competition-based random access resources. level.
其中,不同的基于非竞争的随机接入资源的以下信息中至少之一不同:Wherein, at least one of the following information of different non-competition-based random access resources is different:
资源有效起始之间不同,PRACH时机标识不同,PRACH资源时域/频域位置间隔不同,前导序列参数不同,前导序列标识不同。The effective start of the resource is different, the PRACH timing identifier is different, the time domain/frequency domain position interval of the PRACH resource is different, the preamble sequence parameter is different, and the preamble sequence identifier is different.
本场景中,可以为UE配置多套非竞争的随机接入资源。此时,UE可以通过其中一套非竞争的随机接入资源执行处理。此时,若发生失败可以向高层指示随机接入失败。然后UE可以再次选择另外一套非竞争的随机接入资源进行接入。也就是说,此时,第三通信单元还可以接收UE发来的基于某一套非竞争的随机接入资源进行接入失败的信息。In this scenario, multiple sets of non-contention random access resources can be configured for the UE. At this time, the UE can perform processing through one set of non-contention random access resources. At this time, if a failure occurs, the random access failure can be indicated to the higher layer. Then the UE can again select another set of non-competitive random access resources for access. That is to say, at this time, the third communication unit may also receive the information that the access fails based on a certain set of non-competitive random access resources from the UE.
本处理场景中可以包括有:可以为UE配置多套非竞争的随机接入资源。此时,UE可以通过至少一套非竞争的随机接入资源执行处理。此时可以在其中任一一套接入失败的时候,向高层指示随机接入失败,或者不向高层指示随机接入失败。或者,还可以为全部接入失败的时候,向高层指示随机接入失败,或者不向高层指示随机接入失败This processing scenario may include: multiple sets of non-contention random access resources may be configured for the UE. At this time, the UE can perform processing through at least one set of non-contention random access resources. At this time, when any one set of access fails, the random access failure can be indicated to the upper layer, or the random access failure can not be indicated to the upper layer. Or, it can also indicate random access failure to higher layers when all access fails, or not indicate random access failure to higher layers
另外,本处理场景中可以包括有:可以为UE配置多套非竞争的随机接入资源。此时,当判断第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源的处理失败时,若存在除所述第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源之外的其他非竞争的随机接入资源,则不向高层指示随机接入失败。In addition, this processing scenario may include: multiple sets of non-contention random access resources may be configured for the UE. At this time, when it is determined that the processing of the first non-contention-based random access resource has failed, if there are other non-competition random access resources other than the first non-contention-based random access resource, then no The upper layer indicates random access failure.
也就是说,UE可以通过其中一套非竞争的随机接入资源执行处理。此时,若发生失败可以不向高层指示随机接入失败。然后UE可以再次选择另外一套非竞争的随机接入资源进行接入。In other words, the UE can perform processing through one set of non-contention random access resources. At this time, if a failure occurs, the random access failure may not be indicated to the higher layer. Then the UE can again select another set of non-competitive random access resources for access.
具体的处理流程与前述实施例提供的处理场景2的详细说明一致,这里不再赘述。The specific processing flow is consistent with the detailed description of processing scenario 2 provided in the foregoing embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
由于网络侧是否同时释放UE context和为UE预留的资源配置是不确定的,可能存在UE context等UE相关信息保留的情况下,CFRA资源not valid或者CFRA失败的问题。若按照现有协议,直接认为RA失败,或者触发重建,或者触发SCG change failure执行,而不回退到UE CBRA的过程,会导致UE接入网络延迟,甚至因为UE延迟接 入导致错过MCOT的时间导致UE和网络通信长时间延迟,造成业务QoS降低,UE体验变差等问题。通过配置/携带至少一条CFRA资源的方式解决了这一问题。Since it is uncertain whether the network side releases the UE context and the resource configuration reserved for the UE at the same time, there may be a problem that CFRA resources are not valid or CFRA fails when UE-related information such as the UE context is reserved. According to the existing agreement, if RA is directly considered to fail, or re-establishment is triggered, or SCG change failure is triggered, instead of falling back to the UE CBRA process, it will cause the UE to access the network delay, and even miss the MCOT due to the delayed UE access. Time leads to long delays in the communication between the UE and the network, resulting in problems such as reduced service QoS and poor UE experience. This problem is solved by configuring/carrying at least one CFRA resource.
可见,通过采用上述方案,就能够通过第一信息辅助UE确定自身的UE相关信息的有效时长与网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者,辅助确定UE相关信息的有效时长。如此,保证UE侧与网络侧对于保存UE相关信息的有效时长的理解相对应,从而避免UE在进行切换执行或者随机接入的时候,由于网络侧释放UE相关信息而导致的重复接入等不必要的,提升UE与网络侧恢复连接的速度。It can be seen that by adopting the above solution, the first information can assist the UE to determine that the effective duration of its own UE-related information is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, or assist in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information. In this way, it is ensured that the UE side and the network side have a corresponding understanding of the effective duration of storing UE-related information, thereby avoiding repeated access caused by the network side releasing UE-related information when the UE performs handover or random access. If necessary, increase the speed at which the UE and the network side restore the connection.
本申请实施例提供了一种目标网络设备,如图19所示,包括:The embodiment of the application provides a target network device, as shown in FIG. 19, including:
第五通信单元1101,将第一信息发送至源网络设备;The fifth communication unit 1101 sends the first information to the source network device;
其中,所述第一信息至少用于辅助UE确定UE侧和网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者用于确定UE相关信息的有效时长。Wherein, the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
本实施例中,由目标网络设备确定第一信息,通过源网络设备指示给UE。具体来说:In this embodiment, the target network device determines the first information and instructs it to the UE through the source network device. Specifically:
所述第五通信单元1101,向源网络设备发送切换请求确认信息,所述切换请求确认信息中携带所述第一信息。The fifth communication unit 1101 sends handover request confirmation information to the source network device, where the handover request confirmation information carries the first information.
所述第一信息用于指示UE相关信息在目标网络设备的保留时间。所述第一信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE相关信息有效存留的终止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备之间的时间差信息,第一定时器的开启的时刻,第一定时器的时长。The first information is used to indicate the retention time of the UE related information in the target network device. The first information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: the end time of the effective retention of UE-related information, the time period during which the UE-related information is effectively retained, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the value of the first timer The duration of the first timer when it is turned on.
其中,所述UE相关信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE的上下文内容,预留资源/配置,RA资源,承载对应的配置,QoS(Quality of Service,)参数,业务类型信息。Wherein, the UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: contextual content of the UE, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS (Quality of Service) parameters, and service type information.
其中,所述第一定时器的开启的时刻,可以为理解为绝对时刻,或者无线帧来表示。其中,绝对时刻可以为基于世界时间确定的。Wherein, the time when the first timer is started may be understood as an absolute time, or expressed in a wireless frame. Among them, the absolute time can be determined based on world time.
需要指出的是,所述目标网络设备还包括:It should be pointed out that the target network equipment also includes:
第五处理单元1102,满足第二预设条件时,开启第一定时器;The fifth processing unit 1102, when the second preset condition is met, starts the first timer;
其中,第二预设条件,包括以下至少之一:Wherein, the second preset condition includes at least one of the following:
目标网络设备发送切换请求确认信息;接收源网络设备发送的指示开启第一定时器的消息;收到第二信息。The target network device sends a handover request confirmation message; receives a message sent by the source network device indicating to start the first timer; and receives the second message.
其中,目标网络设备发送切换请求确认信息可以为,发送切换请求确认信息的时候、或者发送切换确认信息之后的第一时刻;所述第一时刻可以根据实际情况设置,比如,可以为0.6ms等等,这里不做限定。Wherein, the target network device sending the handover request confirmation information can be when the handover request confirmation information is sent, or the first moment after the handover confirmation information is sent; the first moment can be set according to the actual situation, for example, it can be 0.6ms, etc. Wait, there is no limit here.
其中,接收源网络设备发送的指示开启第一定时器的消息,可以为当接收到源网络设备发来的开启第一定时器的指示信息的时刻,开启第一定时器,或者,还可以为接收到源网络设备发来的开启第一定时器的指示消息之后的第二时刻,开启第一定时器。其中,第二时刻可以根据实际情况来进行设置,比如,可以设置为1ms。Wherein, receiving the message sent by the source network device instructing to start the first timer may be the moment when the instruction information sent by the source network device to start the first timer is received, the first timer is started, or it may also be At a second time after receiving the instruction message to start the first timer from the source network device, the first timer is started. Among them, the second time can be set according to the actual situation, for example, it can be set to 1ms.
在前述多种场景的基础上,与前述多个场景中的一个或多个结合使用,本实施例还可以提供以下更多的处理场景。需要指出的是,以下的场景还可以单独使用,即可以在不执行前述实施例提供的处理的情况下,执行以下两种处理场景,具体如下:On the basis of the foregoing multiple scenarios, combined with one or more of the foregoing multiple scenarios, this embodiment may also provide the following more processing scenarios. It should be pointed out that the following scenarios can also be used alone, that is, the following two processing scenarios can be executed without performing the processing provided in the foregoing embodiment, as follows:
处理场景1、Processing scenario 1,
所述第五通信单元1101,为UE配置基于非竞争的随机接入资源;该随机接入资源可以为目标基站为UE配置,然后通过源网络设备发送至UE。The fifth communication unit 1101 configures a non-contention-based random access resource for the UE; the random access resource may be configured by the target base station for the UE, and then sent to the UE through the source network device.
具体的处理流程与前述实施例提供的处理场景1的详细说明一致,这里不再赘述。The specific processing flow is consistent with the detailed description of processing scenario 1 provided in the foregoing embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
处理场景2、可以为UE指示多套非竞争的随机接入资源。Processing scenario 2: Multiple sets of non-contention random access resources can be indicated for the UE.
所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
向源网络设备发送至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源,或者,Send at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources to the source network device, or,
向源网络设备发送至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源以及每套基于非竞争的随 机接入资源的优先级。Send at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources and the priority of each set of non-competition-based random access resources to the source network device.
其中,不同的基于非竞争的随机接入资源的以下信息中至少之一不同:Wherein, at least one of the following information of different non-competition-based random access resources is different:
资源有效起始之间不同,PRACH时机标识不同,PRACH资源时域/频域位置间隔不同,前导序列参数不同,前导序列标识不同。The effective start of the resource is different, the PRACH timing identifier is different, the time domain/frequency domain position interval of the PRACH resource is different, the preamble sequence parameter is different, and the preamble sequence identifier is different.
需要理解的是,本实施例中发送给源网络设备的至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源,或者至少一套非竞争的随机接入资源及其对应的优先级,最终由源网络设备发送至UE。It should be understood that, in this embodiment, at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources, or at least one set of non-competition random access resources and their corresponding priorities, sent to the source network device, is ultimately sent to the source network device. Sent to UE.
其他具体的处理流程与前述实施例提供的处理场景2的详细说明一致,这里不再赘述。Other specific processing procedures are consistent with the detailed description of processing scenario 2 provided in the foregoing embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
由于网络侧是否同时释放UE context和为UE预留的资源配置是不确定的,可能存在UE context等UE相关信息保留的情况下,CFRA资源not valid或者CFRA失败的问题。若按照现有协议,直接认为RA失败,或者触发重建,或者触发SCG change failure执行,而不回退到UE CBRA的过程,会导致UE接入网络延迟,甚至因为UE延迟接入导致错过MCOT的时间导致UE和网络通信长时间延迟,造成业务QoS降低,UE体验变差等问题。通过配置/携带至少一条CFRA资源的方式解决了这一问题。Since it is uncertain whether the network side releases the UE context and the resource configuration reserved for the UE at the same time, there may be a problem that CFRA resources are not valid or CFRA fails when UE-related information such as the UE context is reserved. According to the existing agreement, if RA is directly considered to have failed, or re-establishment is triggered, or SCG change failure is triggered, without falling back to the UE CBRA process, it will cause the UE to access the network delay, and even miss the MCOT due to the delayed UE access. Time leads to long delays in the communication between the UE and the network, resulting in problems such as reduced service QoS and poor UE experience. This problem is solved by configuring/carrying at least one CFRA resource.
可见,通过采用上述方案,就能够通过第一信息辅助UE确定自身的UE相关信息的有效时长与网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者,辅助确定UE相关信息的有效时长。如此,保证UE侧与网络侧对于保存UE相关信息的有效时长的理解相对应,从而避免UE在进行切换执行或者随机接入的时候,由于网络侧释放UE相关信息而导致的重复接入等不必要的,提升UE与网络侧恢复连接的速度。It can be seen that by adopting the above solution, the first information can assist the UE to determine that the effective duration of its own UE-related information is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information on the network side, or assist in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information. In this way, it is ensured that the UE side and the network side have a corresponding understanding of the effective duration of storing UE-related information, thereby avoiding repeated access caused by the network side releasing UE-related information when the UE performs handover or random access. If necessary, increase the speed at which the UE and the network side restore the connection.
图20是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备1200示意性结构图,通信设备可以为本实施例前述的UE或者网络设备。图20所示的通信设备1200包括处理器1210,处理器610可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。FIG. 20 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1200 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device may be the aforementioned UE or network device in this embodiment. The communication device 1200 shown in FIG. 20 includes a processor 1210, and the processor 610 can call and run a computer program from a memory to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,如图20所示,通信设备1200还可以包括存储器1220。其中,处理器1210可以从存储器1220中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 20, the communication device 1200 may further include a memory 1220. The processor 1210 can call and run a computer program from the memory 1220 to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,存储器1220可以是独立于处理器1210的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器610中。The memory 1220 may be a separate device independent of the processor 1210, or may be integrated in the processor 610.
可选地,如图20所示,通信设备1200还可以包括收发器1230,处理器1210可以控制该收发器1230与其他设备进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备发送信息或数据,或接收其他设备发送的信息或数据。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 20, the communication device 1200 may further include a transceiver 1230, and the processor 1210 may control the transceiver 1230 to communicate with other devices. Specifically, it may send information or data to other devices, or receive other devices. Information or data sent by the device.
可选地,该通信设备1200具体可为本申请实施例的UE、或者网络设备,并且该通信设备1200可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/UE实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the communication device 1200 may specifically be a UE or a network device of an embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1200 may implement the corresponding procedures implemented by the mobile terminal/UE in each method of the embodiments of the present application. For simplicity, I will not repeat them here.
图21是本申请实施例的芯片的示意性结构图。图21所示的芯片1300包括处理器1310,处理器1310可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip of an embodiment of the present application. The chip 1300 shown in FIG. 21 includes a processor 1310, and the processor 1310 can call and run a computer program from the memory to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,如图21所示,芯片1300还可以包括存储器1320。其中,处理器1310可以从存储器1320中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 21, the chip 1300 may further include a memory 1320. The processor 1310 may call and run a computer program from the memory 1320 to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,存储器1320可以是独立于处理器1310的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器1310中。The memory 1320 may be a separate device independent of the processor 1310, or it may be integrated in the processor 1310.
可选地,该芯片1300还可以包括输入接口1330、输出接口1340。Optionally, the chip 1300 may further include an input interface 1330 and an output interface 1340.
可选地,该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备、或UE,并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the chip can be applied to the network device or UE in the embodiment of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here. .
图22是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统1400的示意性框图。如图22所示,该 通信系统1400包括UE1410和网络设备1420。FIG. 22 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system 1400 according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 22, the communication system 1400 includes a UE 1410 and a network device 1420.
其中,该UE1410可以用于实现上述方法中由UE实现的相应的功能,以及该网络设备1420可以用于实现上述方法中由网络设备实现的相应的功能为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the UE 1410 may be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the UE in the foregoing method, and the network device 1420 may be used to implement the corresponding functions implemented by the network device in the foregoing method. For brevity, details are not described herein again.
应理解,本申请实施例的处理器可能是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be understood that the processor of the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capability. In the implementation process, the steps of the foregoing method embodiments can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor or instructions in the form of software. The aforementioned processor may be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a ready-made programmable gate array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other Programming logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. The methods, steps, and logical block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or executed. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may also be any conventional processor or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as being executed and completed by a hardware decoding processor, or executed and completed by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, or electrically erasable programmable memory, registers. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiment of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), and electrically available Erase programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be a random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (Static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) And Direct Rambus RAM (DR RAM). It should be noted that the memories of the systems and methods described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
应理解,上述存储器为示例性但不是限制性说明,例如,本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synch link DRAM,SLDRAM)以及直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)等等。也就是说,本申请实施例中的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should be understood that the foregoing memory is exemplary but not restrictive. For example, the memory in the embodiment of the present application may also be static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), Synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection Dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM), etc. That is to say, the memory in the embodiment of the present application is intended to include but not limited to these and any other suitable types of memory.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer programs.
可选的,该计算机可读存储介质可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer-readable storage medium may be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application. For brevity, here No longer.
可选地,该计算机可读存储介质可应用于本申请实施例中的UE,并且该计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/UE实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer-readable storage medium may be applied to the UE in the embodiment of the present application, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the corresponding process implemented by the mobile terminal/UE in each method of the embodiment of the present application. For brevity, This will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, including computer program instructions.
可选的,该计算机程序产品可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program product may be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, it is not here. Repeat it again.
可选地,该计算机程序产品可应用于本申请实施例中的移动终端/UE,并且该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/UE实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program product can be applied to the mobile terminal/UE in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/UE in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application, for the sake of brevity , I won’t repeat it here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program.
可选的,该计算机程序可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program can be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application. When the computer program runs on the computer, the computer is caused to execute the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity , I won’t repeat it here.
可选地,该计算机程序可应用于本申请实施例中的移动终端/UE,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/UE实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program can be applied to the mobile terminal/UE in the embodiments of the present application. When the computer program runs on the computer, the computer can execute the corresponding methods implemented by the mobile terminal/UE in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, the process will not be repeated here.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may be aware that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device, and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,)ROM、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory,) ROM, random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围 为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (99)

  1. 一种切换处理方法,应用于源网络设备,包括:A handover processing method, applied to source network equipment, includes:
    将第一信息发送至用户设备UE;Sending the first information to the user equipment UE;
    其中,所述第一信息至少用于辅助UE确定UE侧和网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者用于确定UE相关信息的有效时长。Wherein, the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收目标网络设备发来的切换请求确认信息,所述切换请求确认信息中携带所述第一信息。Receiving handover request confirmation information sent by the target network device, where the handover request confirmation information carries the first information.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first information includes at least one of the following:
    UE相关信息有效存留的终止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备之间的时间差信息,第一定时器的开启的时刻,第一定时器的时长。The termination time of the effective retention of UE-related information, the time period during which UE-related information is effectively retained, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, the time when the first timer is started, and the duration of the first timer.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,所述UE相关信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE的上下文内容,预留资源/配置,随机接入RA资源,承载对应的配置,服务质量QoS参数,业务类型信息。The method according to claim 3, wherein the UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: contextual content of the UE, reserved resources/configuration, random access to RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, quality of service QoS Parameters, business type information.
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,所述第一定时器,用于维护所述UE相关信息在候选目标网络设备侧保存的有效时长。The method according to claim 3, wherein the first timer is used to maintain the effective duration of the UE-related information stored on the candidate target network device side.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    满足第一预设条件时,指示所述目标网络设备开启第一定时器;When the first preset condition is met, instruct the target network device to start the first timer;
    其中,第一预设条件,包括以下至少之一:Wherein, the first preset condition includes at least one of the following:
    收到切换请求确认信息;发送切换命令;发送切换命令成功。Receive handover request confirmation message; send handover command; send handover command successfully.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the method further comprises:
    生成第一信息。Generate the first information.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息中包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the first information includes:
    切换命令下发延迟的时间,或者,切换命令下发失败的次数。The delay time for the issuance of the handover command, or the number of times the issuance of the handover command fails.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息,还包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 8, wherein the first information further includes at least one of the following:
    目标网络设备预留的资源;Resources reserved by the target network equipment;
    UE上下文的实际有效时间、有效时长、截止时间中至少之一;At least one of the actual effective time, effective duration, and deadline of the UE context;
    切换命令中包含的配置信息的实际有效时间、有效时长、截止时间中至少之一;At least one of the actual effective time, effective time, and deadline of the configuration information contained in the switching command;
    目标网络设备的第一定时器开启的时间;The time when the first timer of the target network device is started;
    目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的起始时间;The start time when the target network device holds UE-related information;
    目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的截止时间;The deadline for the target network device to keep UE-related information;
    发送切换命令时目标网络设备第一定时器已运行的时长;The length of time the first timer of the target network device has been running when the handover command is sent;
    发送切换命令时目标网络设备已经保有UE相关信息的时长;The length of time the target network device has retained UE-related information when the handover command is sent;
    发送切换命令时UE相关信息在目标网络设备剩余的有效时长。The remaining effective duration of the UE related information in the target network device when the handover command is sent.
  10. 根据权利要求7-9任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括以下之一:The method according to any one of claims 7-9, wherein the method further comprises one of the following:
    在切换命令中携带第一信息;Carry the first information in the handover command;
    在RRC消息中携带第一信息。The first information is carried in the RRC message.
  11. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the method further comprises:
    根据以下信息至少之一,确定更新的第一定时器的参数,将更新后的第一定时器的参数发送至UE:Determine the updated parameter of the first timer according to at least one of the following information, and send the updated parameter of the first timer to the UE:
    原第一定时器的参数、切换命令下发延迟的时间,切换命令下发失败的次数,网络开启第一定时器的时间,UE相关信息有效存留的截止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备的时间差信息,原第一定时器的时长。The parameters of the original first timer, the delay time for handover command delivery, the number of failed handover commands, the time when the network starts the first timer, the deadline for valid retention of UE-related information, and the time period for valid retention of UE-related information , The time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the length of the original first timer.
  12. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息中还包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the first information further includes:
    第二时长;Second duration
    所述第二时长用于为UE指示目标网络设备保留所述UE相关信息的有效时长,或者,所述第二时长用于使得UE和网络保留所述UE相关信息的有效时间一致。The second duration is used to instruct the target network device for the UE to retain the effective duration of the UE-related information, or the second duration is used to make the UE and the network retain the effective duration of the UE-related information consistent.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein the method further comprises:
    基于以下信息至少之一,确定所述第二时长的参数:Determine the parameter of the second duration based on at least one of the following information:
    第一定时器的参数、切换命令下发延迟的时间,切换命令下发失败的次数,网络开启第一定时器的时间,UE相关信息有效存留的截止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备的时间差信息,第一定时器的时长。The parameters of the first timer, the delay time for the issuance of handover commands, the number of failed handover commands, the time when the network starts the first timer, the deadline for valid retention of UE-related information, and the time period for valid retention of UE-related information, The time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the duration of the first timer.
  14. 一种切换处理方法,应用于用户设备UE,所述方法包括:A handover processing method is applied to user equipment UE, and the method includes:
    接收源网络设备发来的第一信息;Receiving the first information sent by the source network device;
    其中,所述第一信息至少用于辅助UE确定UE侧和网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者用于确定UE相关信息的有效时长。Wherein, the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 14, wherein the first information includes at least one of the following:
    UE相关信息有效存留的终止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备的时间差信息,网络设备侧第一定时器的开启的时间,第一定时器的时长。The termination time of the effective retention of UE-related information, the period of time that the UE-related information is effectively retained, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, the opening time of the first timer on the network device side, and the duration of the first timer.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中,所述UE相关信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE的上下文内容,预留资源/配置,RA资源,承载对应的配置,QoS参数,业务类型信息。The method according to claim 15, wherein the UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: contextual content of the UE, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS parameters, service type information .
  17. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the method further comprises:
    基于第一信息,确定目标网络设备侧保存所述UE相关信息的有效保存时长。Based on the first information, the effective storage duration for storing the UE-related information on the target network device side is determined.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 17, wherein the method further comprises:
    基于所述目标网络设备侧保存所述UE相关信息的有效时长,确定目标网络设备侧保存的UE相关信息为有效时,执行切换处理,或者,执行切换过程中的随机接入处理。Based on the effective duration of the UE-related information stored on the target network device side, when it is determined that the UE-related information stored on the target network device side is valid, perform handover processing, or perform random access processing in the handover process.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 18, wherein the method further comprises:
    基于所述目标网络设备侧保存所述UE相关信息的有效时长,确定目标网络设备侧保存的UE相关信息为无效时,执行以下至少之一:When it is determined that the UE-related information stored on the target network device side is invalid based on the effective duration of the UE-related information stored on the target network device side, at least one of the following is performed:
    确认切换失败;Confirm that the switch failed;
    执行RRC连接重建过程;Perform the RRC connection re-establishment process;
    向网络指示SCG失败信息过程。Indicate the SCG failure information process to the network.
  20. 根据权利要求14、18、19中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息中,包括:The method according to any one of claims 14, 18, 19, wherein the first information includes:
    切换命令下发延迟的时间,或者,切换命令下发失败的次数。The delay time for the issuance of the handover command, or the number of times the issuance of the handover command fails.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 20, wherein the method further comprises:
    基于所述第一信息,确定以下信息至少之一:Based on the first information, at least one of the following information is determined:
    目标网络设备预留的资源;Resources reserved by the target network equipment;
    UE上下文的实际有效时间、有效时长、截止时间中至少之一;At least one of the actual effective time, effective duration, and deadline of the UE context;
    切换命令中包含的配置信息的实际有效时间、有效时长、截止时间中至少之一;At least one of the actual effective time, effective time, and deadline of the configuration information contained in the switching command;
    目标网络设备的第一定时器开启的时间;The time when the first timer of the target network device is started;
    目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的起始时间;The start time when the target network device holds UE-related information;
    目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的截止时间;The deadline for the target network device to keep UE-related information;
    接收切换命令时目标网络设备定时器已运行的时长;The length of time the timer of the target network device has been running when the switch command is received;
    接收切换命令时目标网络设备已经保有UE相关信息的时长;The length of time that the target network device has retained UE-related information when receiving the handover command;
    接收切换命令时UE相关信息在目标网络设备剩余的有效时长。The remaining effective duration of the UE related information in the target network device when the handover command is received.
  22. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息,还包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 20, wherein the first information further comprises at least one of the following:
    目标网络设备预留的资源;Resources reserved by the target network equipment;
    UE上下文的实际有效时间、有效时长、截止时间中至少之一;At least one of the actual effective time, effective duration, and deadline of the UE context;
    切换命令中包含的配置信息的实际有效时间、有效时长、截止时间中至少之一;At least one of the actual effective time, effective time, and deadline of the configuration information contained in the switching command;
    目标网络设备的第一定时器开启的时间;The time when the first timer of the target network device is started;
    目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的起始时间;The start time when the target network device holds UE-related information;
    目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的截止时间;The deadline for the target network device to keep UE-related information;
    源网络设备发送切换命令时目标网络设备定时器已运行的时长;The length of time the timer of the target network device has been running when the source network device sends the handover command;
    源网络设备发送切换命令时目标网络设备已经保有UE相关信息的时长;The length of time the target network device has retained UE-related information when the source network device sends the handover command;
    源网络设备发送切换命令时UE相关信息在目标网络设备剩余的有效时长。The remaining effective duration of UE-related information in the target network device when the source network device sends the handover command.
  23. 根据权利要求20-22任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括以下之一:The method according to any one of claims 20-22, wherein the method further comprises one of the following:
    通过切换命令获取其携带的第一信息;Obtain the first information carried by the switching command;
    通过RRC消息获取其携带的第一信息。Obtain the first information carried by the RRC message.
  24. 根据权利要求15、20-22任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 15, 20-22, wherein the method further comprises:
    确定第二时长。Determine the second duration.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 24, wherein the method further comprises:
    基于以下信息至少之一,确定所述第二时长的参数:Determine the parameter of the second duration based on at least one of the following information:
    第一定时器的参数、切换命令下发延迟的时间,切换命令下发失败的次数,网络开启第一定时器的时间,UE相关信息有效存留的截止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备的时间差信息,第一定时器的时长。The parameters of the first timer, the delay time for the issuance of handover commands, the number of failed handover commands, the time when the network starts the first timer, the deadline for valid retention of UE-related information, and the time period for valid retention of UE-related information, The time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the duration of the first timer.
  26. 根据权利要求20-22任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息中还包括:The method according to any one of claims 20-22, wherein the first information further includes:
    更新后的第一定时器的参数,或者,第二时长;The updated parameter of the first timer, or the second duration;
    其中,第二时长与第一定时器的参数中的时长不同。Wherein, the second duration is different from the duration in the parameter of the first timer.
  27. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收源网络设备发来的切换命令;Receive the handover command sent by the source network device;
    基于所述切换命令执行切换,在切换过程中,满足第三预设条件时,从基于非竞争的随机接入回退至基于竞争的随机接入;Perform handover based on the handover command, and fall back from non-contention-based random access to contention-based random access when a third preset condition is met during the handover process;
    其中第三预设条件包括以下至少之一:The third preset condition includes at least one of the following:
    基于非竞争的随机接入资源无效;Random access resources based on non-competition are invalid;
    基于非竞争的随机接入失败。Random access based on non-contention fails.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:当基于非竞争的随机接入失败时,不向高层指示随机接入失败。The method according to claim 27, wherein the method further comprises: when the non-contention-based random access fails, not indicating the random access failure to the higher layer.
  29. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括以下之一:The method according to claim 14, wherein the method further comprises one of the following:
    基于多套非竞争的随机接入资源中的至少一套非竞争的随机接入资源进行处理;当基于至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源的处理失败时,不向高层指示随机接入失败;Processing is based on at least one set of non-competitive random access resources among multiple sets of non-competitive random access resources; when processing based on at least one set of non-competitive random access resources fails, random access is not indicated to the higher layer failure;
    基于多套非竞争的随机接入资源中的至少一套非竞争的随机接入资源进行处理;当基于至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源的处理失败时,向高层指示随机接入失败;Perform processing based on at least one set of non-competitive random access resources among multiple sets of non-competitive random access resources; when processing based on at least one set of non-competitive random access resources fails, indicate random access failure to higher layers ;
    基于多套非竞争的随机接入资源中的第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源进行处理;当判断第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源的处理失败时,若存在除所述第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源之外的其他非竞争的随机接入资源,则不向高层指示随机接入失败;The processing is performed based on the first non-competition-based random access resource among the multiple sets of non-competition random access resources; when it is determined that the processing of the first non-competition-based random access resource fails, if there is a Non-competitive random access resources other than non-competitive random access resources will not indicate random access failure to the higher layer;
    基于多套非竞争的随机接入资源中的第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源进行处理;当判断第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源的处理失败时,若存在除所述第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源之外的其他非竞争的随机接入资源,则向高层指示随机接入失败。The processing is performed based on the first non-competition-based random access resource among the multiple sets of non-competition random access resources; when it is determined that the processing of the first non-competition-based random access resource fails, if there is a Other non-competitive random access resources other than the non-competitive random access resources indicate random access failure to the higher layer.
  30. 一种切换处理方法,应用于源网络设备,包括:A handover processing method, applied to source network equipment, includes:
    选择切换目标网络设备,向目标网络设备发送切换请求;Select the target network device for switching, and send a switching request to the target network device;
    接收目标网络设备反馈的切换请求确认信息;Receiving the handover request confirmation information fed back by the target network device;
    向所述目标网络设备发送第二信息;其中,所述第二信息用于辅助目标网络设备确定所述目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长、与UE所确定的目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长一致。Sending second information to the target network device; wherein the second information is used to assist the target network device in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device, and the UE stored in the target network device determined by the UE The valid duration of the relevant information is the same.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中,向目标网络设备发送第二信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 30, wherein, before sending the second information to the target network device, the method further comprises:
    向UE发送切换命令;Send a handover command to the UE;
    或者,向UE成功发送切换命令;Or, successfully sending a handover command to the UE;
    或者,收到UE对切换命令成功接收的指示。Or, an indication that the UE has successfully received the handover command is received.
  32. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中,所述第二信息,包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 30, wherein the second information includes at least one of the following:
    向目标网络设备指示源网络设备向UE发的切换命令发送成功;Instruct the target network device that the handover command sent by the source network device to the UE is successfully sent;
    向目标网络设备指示源网络设备已发送切换命令;Instruct the target network device that the source network device has sent a handover command;
    向目标网络设备指示资源维护行为/状态重置;Instruct the resource maintenance behavior/status reset to the target network device;
    向目标网络设备指示第一定时器重启;Instruct the target network device to restart the first timer;
    向目标网络设备指示第二时长。Indicate the second duration to the target network device.
  33. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中,所述UE相关信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE的上下文内容,预留资源/配置,RA资源,承载对应的配置,QoS参数,业务类型信息。The method according to claim 30, wherein the UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: contextual content of the UE, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS parameters, service type information .
  34. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 30, wherein the method further comprises:
    向UE发送切换命令;Send a handover command to the UE;
    其中,所述切换命令携带至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源,或者,所述切换命令携带至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源以及每套基于非竞争的随机接入资源的优先级。Wherein, the handover command carries at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources, or the handover command carries at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources and the priority of each set of non-competition-based random access resources. level.
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的方法,其中,不同的基于非竞争的随机接入资源的以下信息中至少之一不同:The method according to claim 34, wherein at least one of the following information of different non-competition-based random access resources is different:
    资源有效起始之间不同,PRACH时机标识不同,PRACH资源时域/频域位置间隔不同,前导序列参数不同,前导序列标识不同。The effective start of the resource is different, the PRACH timing identifier is different, the time domain/frequency domain position interval of the PRACH resource is different, the preamble sequence parameter is different, and the preamble sequence identifier is different.
  36. 一种切换处理方法,应用于目标网络设备,包括:A handover processing method, applied to a target network device, includes:
    接收源网络设备发送的切换请求;Receive the handover request sent by the source network device;
    向所述源网络设备发送切换请求确认信息;Sending handover request confirmation information to the source network device;
    接收所述源网络设备发送的第二信息;其中,所述第二信息用于辅助目标网络设备确定所述目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长、与UE所确定的目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长一致。Receiving second information sent by the source network device; where the second information is used to assist the target network device in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device, and the information stored in the target network device determined by the UE The valid duration of UE-related information is consistent.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的方法,其中,所述第二信息,包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 36, wherein the second information includes at least one of the following:
    源网络设备向UE发的切换命令发送成功的指示;An indication that the handover command sent by the source network device to the UE is successfully sent;
    源网络设备已发送切换命令的指示;An indication that the source network device has sent a handover command;
    资源维护行为/状态重置的指示;Resource maintenance actions/state reset instructions;
    第一定时器重启的指示;An indication that the first timer is restarted;
    第二时长的指示。Instructions for the second duration.
  38. 根据权利要求36所述的方法,其中,所述UE相关信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE的上下文内容,预留资源/配置,RA资源,承载对应的配置,QoS参数,业务类型信息。The method according to claim 36, wherein the UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: contextual content of the UE, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS parameters, service type information .
  39. 根据权利要求36所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 36, wherein the method further comprises:
    向源网络设备发送至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源,或者,Send at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources to the source network device, or,
    向源网络设备发送至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源以及每套基于非竞争的随机接入资源的优先级。Send at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources and the priority of each set of non-competition-based random access resources to the source network device.
  40. 一种源网络设备,包括:A source network device, including:
    第一通信单元,将第一信息发送至用户设备UE;The first communication unit sends the first information to the user equipment UE;
    其中,所述第一信息至少用于辅助UE确定UE侧和网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者用于确定UE相关信息的有效时长。Wherein, the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的源网络设备,其中,所述第一通信单元,接收目标网络设备发来的切换请求确认信息,所述切换请求确认信息中携带所述第一信息。The source network device according to claim 40, wherein the first communication unit receives handover request confirmation information sent by the target network device, and the handover request confirmation information carries the first information.
  42. 根据权利要求40或41所述的源网络设备,其中,所述第一信息包括以下至少之一:The source network device according to claim 40 or 41, wherein the first information includes at least one of the following:
    UE相关信息有效存留的终止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备之间的时间差信息,第一定时器的开启的时刻,第一定时器的时长。The termination time of the effective retention of UE-related information, the time period during which UE-related information is effectively retained, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, the time when the first timer is started, and the duration of the first timer.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的源网络设备,其中,所述UE相关信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE的上下文内容,预留资源/配置,随机接入RA资源,承载对应的配置,服务质量QoS参数,业务类型信息。The source network device according to claim 42, wherein the UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: contextual content of the UE, reserved resources/configuration, random access to RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, service Quality QoS parameters, service type information.
  44. 根据权利要求42所述的源网络设备,其中,所述第一定时器,用于维护所述UE相关信息在候选目标网络设备侧保存的有效时长。The source network device according to claim 42, wherein the first timer is used to maintain the effective duration of the UE-related information stored on the candidate target network device side.
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的源网络设备,其中,所述第一通信单元,The source network device according to claim 44, wherein the first communication unit,
    满足第一预设条件时,指示所述目标网络设备开启第一定时器;When the first preset condition is met, instruct the target network device to start the first timer;
    其中,第一预设条件,包括以下至少之一:Wherein, the first preset condition includes at least one of the following:
    收到切换请求确认信息;发送切换命令;发送切换命令成功。Receive handover request confirmation message; send handover command; send handover command successfully.
  46. 根据权利要求40所述的源网络设备,其中,所述源网络设备还包括:The source network device according to claim 40, wherein the source network device further comprises:
    第一处理单元,生成第一信息。The first processing unit generates first information.
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的源网络设备,其中,所述第一信息中包括:The source network device according to claim 46, wherein the first information includes:
    切换命令下发延迟的时间,或者,切换命令下发失败的次数。The delay time for the issuance of the handover command, or the number of times the issuance of the handover command fails.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的源网络设备,其中,所述第一信息,还包括以下至少之一:The source network device according to claim 47, wherein the first information further includes at least one of the following:
    目标网络设备预留的资源;Resources reserved by the target network equipment;
    UE上下文的实际有效时间、有效时长、截止时间中至少之一;At least one of the actual effective time, effective duration, and deadline of the UE context;
    切换命令中包含的配置信息的实际有效时间、有效时长、截止时间中至少之一;At least one of the actual effective time, effective time, and deadline of the configuration information contained in the switching command;
    目标网络设备的第一定时器开启的时间;The time when the first timer of the target network device is started;
    目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的起始时间;The start time when the target network device holds UE-related information;
    目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的截止时间;The deadline for the target network device to keep UE-related information;
    发送切换命令时目标网络设备第一定时器已运行的时长;The length of time the first timer of the target network device has been running when the handover command is sent;
    发送切换命令时目标网络设备已经保有UE相关信息的时长;The length of time the target network device has retained UE-related information when the handover command is sent;
    发送切换命令时UE相关信息在目标网络设备剩余的有效时长。The remaining effective duration of the UE related information in the target network device when the handover command is sent.
  49. 根据权利要求46-48任一项所述的源网络设备,其中,所述第一处理单元,执行以下之一:The source network device according to any one of claims 46-48, wherein the first processing unit performs one of the following:
    在切换命令中携带第一信息;Carry the first information in the handover command;
    在RRC消息中携带第一信息。The first information is carried in the RRC message.
  50. 根据权利要求49所述的源网络设备,其中,所述第一处理单元,根据以下信息至少之一,确定更新的第一定时器的参数:原第一定时器的参数、切换命令下发延迟的时间,切换命令下发失败的次数,网络开启第一定时器的时间,UE相关信息有效存 留的截止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备的时间差信息,原第一定时器的时长;The source network device according to claim 49, wherein the first processing unit determines the parameters of the updated first timer based on at least one of the following information: the parameters of the original first timer, and the delay in issuing handover commands The number of times the handover command fails to be issued, the time when the network starts the first timer, the deadline for valid retention of UE-related information, the time period during which UE-related information is valid The duration of the first timer;
    第一通信单元,将更新后的第一定时器的参数发送至UE。The first communication unit sends the updated parameter of the first timer to the UE.
  51. 根据权利要求46所述的源网络设备,其中,所述第一信息中还包括:The source network device according to claim 46, wherein the first information further includes:
    第二时长;Second duration
    所述第二时长用于为UE指示目标网络设备保留所述UE相关信息的有效时长,或者,所述第二时长用于使得UE和网络保留所述UE相关信息的有效时间一致。The second duration is used to instruct the target network device for the UE to retain the effective duration of the UE-related information, or the second duration is used to make the UE and the network retain the effective duration of the UE-related information consistent.
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的源网络设备,其中,所述第一处理单元,基于以下信息至少之一,确定所述第二时长的参数:The source network device according to claim 51, wherein the first processing unit determines the parameter of the second duration based on at least one of the following information:
    第一定时器的参数、切换命令下发延迟的时间,切换命令下发失败的次数,网络开启第一定时器的时间,UE相关信息有效存留的截止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备的时间差信息,第一定时器的时长。The parameters of the first timer, the delay time for the issuance of handover commands, the number of failed handover commands, the time when the network starts the first timer, the deadline for valid retention of UE-related information, and the time period for valid retention of UE-related information, The time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the duration of the first timer.
  53. 一种UE,包括:A type of UE, including:
    第二通信单元,接收源网络设备发来的第一信息;The second communication unit receives the first information sent by the source network device;
    其中,所述第一信息至少用于辅助UE确定UE侧和网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者用于确定UE相关信息的有效时长。Wherein, the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的UE,其中,所述第一信息包括以下至少之一:The UE according to claim 53, wherein the first information includes at least one of the following:
    UE相关信息有效存留的终止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备的时间差信息,网络设备侧第一定时器的开启的时间,第一定时器的时长。The termination time of the effective retention of UE-related information, the period of time that the UE-related information is effectively retained, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, the opening time of the first timer on the network device side, and the duration of the first timer.
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的UE,其中,所述UE相关信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE的上下文内容,预留资源/配置,RA资源,承载对应的配置,QoS参数,业务类型信息。The UE according to claim 54, wherein the UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: contextual content of the UE, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS parameters, service type information .
  56. 根据权利要求53所述的UE,其中,所述UE还包括:The UE according to claim 53, wherein the UE further comprises:
    第二处理单元,基于第一信息,确定目标网络设备侧保存所述UE相关信息的有效保存时长。The second processing unit, based on the first information, determines the effective storage duration for storing the UE-related information on the target network device side.
  57. 根据权利要求56所述的UE,其中,所述第二处理单元,基于所述目标网络设备侧保存所述UE相关信息的有效时长,确定目标网络设备侧保存的UE相关信息为有效时,执行切换处理,或者,执行切换过程中的随机接入处理。The UE according to claim 56, wherein the second processing unit determines that the UE-related information stored on the target network device side is valid based on the effective duration of the UE-related information stored on the target network device side, executes Handover processing, or, perform random access processing during the handover process.
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的UE,其中,所述第二处理单元,基于所述目标网络设备侧保存所述UE相关信息的有效时长,确定目标网络设备侧保存的UE相关信息为无效时,执行以下至少之一:The UE according to claim 57, wherein the second processing unit determines that the UE-related information stored on the target network device side is invalid based on the effective duration of the UE-related information stored on the target network device side, executes At least one of the following:
    确认切换失败;Confirm that the switch failed;
    执行RRC连接重建过程;Perform the RRC connection re-establishment process;
    向网络指示SCG失败信息过程。Indicate the SCG failure information process to the network.
  59. 根据权利要求54、57、58中任一项所述的UE,其中,所述第一信息中,包括:The UE according to any one of claims 54, 57, 58, wherein the first information includes:
    切换命令下发延迟的时间,或者,切换命令下发失败的次数。The delay time for the issuance of the handover command, or the number of times the issuance of the handover command fails.
  60. 根据权利要求59所述的UE,其中,所述第二处理单元,基于所述第一信息,确定以下信息至少之一:The UE according to claim 59, wherein the second processing unit determines at least one of the following information based on the first information:
    目标网络设备预留的资源;Resources reserved by the target network equipment;
    UE上下文的实际有效时间、有效时长、截止时间中至少之一;At least one of the actual effective time, effective duration, and deadline of the UE context;
    切换命令中包含的配置信息的实际有效时间、有效时长、截止时间中至少之一;At least one of the actual effective time, effective time, and deadline of the configuration information contained in the switching command;
    目标网络设备的第一定时器开启的时间;The time when the first timer of the target network device is started;
    目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的起始时间;The start time when the target network device holds UE-related information;
    目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的截止时间;The deadline for the target network device to keep UE-related information;
    接收切换命令时目标网络设备定时器已运行的时长;The length of time the timer of the target network device has been running when the switch command is received;
    接收切换命令时目标网络设备已经保有UE相关信息的时长;The length of time that the target network device has retained UE-related information when receiving the handover command;
    接收切换命令时UE相关信息在目标网络设备剩余的有效时长。The remaining effective duration of the UE related information in the target network device when the handover command is received.
  61. 根据权利要求59所述的UE,其中,所述第一信息,还包括以下至少之一:The UE according to claim 59, wherein the first information further comprises at least one of the following:
    目标网络设备预留的资源;Resources reserved by the target network equipment;
    UE上下文的实际有效时间、有效时长、截止时间中至少之一;At least one of the actual effective time, effective duration, and deadline of the UE context;
    切换命令中包含的配置信息的实际有效时间、有效时长、截止时间中至少之一;At least one of the actual effective time, effective time, and deadline of the configuration information contained in the switching command;
    目标网络设备的第一定时器开启的时间;The time when the first timer of the target network device is started;
    目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的起始时间;The start time when the target network device holds UE-related information;
    目标网络设备保有UE相关信息的截止时间;The deadline for the target network device to keep UE-related information;
    源网络设备发送切换命令时目标网络设备定时器已运行的时长;The length of time the timer of the target network device has been running when the source network device sends the handover command;
    源网络设备发送切换命令时目标网络设备已经保有UE相关信息的时长;The length of time the target network device has retained UE-related information when the source network device sends the handover command;
    源网络设备发送切换命令时UE相关信息在目标网络设备剩余的有效时长。The remaining effective duration of UE-related information in the target network device when the source network device sends the handover command.
  62. 根据权利要求59-61任一项所述的UE,其中,所述第二处理单元,执行以下之一:The UE according to any one of claims 59-61, wherein the second processing unit performs one of the following:
    通过切换命令获取其携带的第一信息;Obtain the first information carried by the switching command;
    通过RRC消息获取其携带的第一信息。Obtain the first information carried by the RRC message.
  63. 根据权利要求54、59-61任一项所述的UE,其中,所述第二处理单元,确定第二时长。The UE according to any one of claims 54, 59-61, wherein the second processing unit determines the second duration.
  64. 根据权利要求63所述的UE,其中,所述第二处理单元,基于以下信息至少之一,确定所述第二时长的参数:The UE according to claim 63, wherein the second processing unit determines the parameter of the second duration based on at least one of the following information:
    第一定时器的参数、切换命令下发延迟的时间,切换命令下发失败的次数,网络开启第一定时器的时间,UE相关信息有效存留的截止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备的时间差信息,第一定时器的时长。The parameters of the first timer, the delay time for the issuance of handover commands, the number of failed handover commands, the time when the network starts the first timer, the deadline for valid retention of UE-related information, and the time period for valid retention of UE-related information, The time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, and the duration of the first timer.
  65. 根据权利要求59-61任一项所述的UE,其中,所述第一信息中还包括:The UE according to any one of claims 59-61, wherein the first information further includes:
    更新后的第一定时器的参数,或者,第二时长;The updated parameter of the first timer, or the second duration;
    其中,第二时长与第一定时器的参数中的时长不同。Wherein, the second duration is different from the duration in the parameter of the first timer.
  66. 根据权利要求54所述的UE,其中,所述第二通信单元,接收源网络设备发来的切换命令;The UE according to claim 54, wherein the second communication unit receives a handover command sent by a source network device;
    第二处理单元,基于所述切换命令执行切换,在切换过程中,满足第三预设条件时,从基于非竞争的随机接入回退至基于竞争的随机接入;The second processing unit performs handover based on the handover command, and during the handover process, when a third preset condition is met, fall back from non-contention-based random access to contention-based random access;
    其中第三预设条件包括以下至少之一:The third preset condition includes at least one of the following:
    基于非竞争的随机接入资源无效;Random access resources based on non-competition are invalid;
    基于非竞争的随机接入失败。Random access based on non-contention fails.
  67. 根据权利要求66所述的UE,其中,所述第二处理单元,当基于非竞争的随机接入失败时,不向高层指示随机接入失败。The UE according to claim 66, wherein the second processing unit does not indicate the random access failure to the higher layer when the non-contention based random access fails.
  68. 根据权利要求54所述的UE,其中,所述第二处理单元,The UE according to claim 54, wherein the second processing unit,
    执行以下之一:Do one of the following:
    基于多套非竞争的随机接入资源中的至少一套非竞争的随机接入资源进行处理;当基于至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源的处理失败时,不向高层指示随机接入失败;Processing is based on at least one set of non-competitive random access resources among multiple sets of non-competitive random access resources; when processing based on at least one set of non-competitive random access resources fails, random access is not indicated to the higher layer failure;
    基于多套非竞争的随机接入资源中的至少一套非竞争的随机接入资源进行处理;当基于至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源的处理失败时,向高层指示随机接入失败;Perform processing based on at least one set of non-competitive random access resources among multiple sets of non-competitive random access resources; when processing based on at least one set of non-competitive random access resources fails, indicate random access failure to higher layers ;
    基于多套非竞争的随机接入资源中的第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源进行处理;当判断第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源的处理失败时,若存在除所述第一基于非竞争的 随机接入资源之外的其他非竞争的随机接入资源,则不向高层指示随机接入失败;The processing is performed based on the first non-competition-based random access resource among the multiple sets of non-competition random access resources; when it is determined that the processing of the first non-competition-based random access resource fails, if there is a Non-competitive random access resources other than non-competitive random access resources will not indicate random access failure to the higher layer;
    基于多套非竞争的随机接入资源中的第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源进行处理;当判断第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源的处理失败时,若存在除所述第一基于非竞争的随机接入资源之外的其他非竞争的随机接入资源,则向高层指示随机接入失败。The processing is performed based on the first non-competition-based random access resource among the multiple sets of non-competition random access resources; when it is determined that the processing of the first non-competition-based random access resource fails, if there is a Other non-competitive random access resources other than the non-competitive random access resources indicate random access failure to the higher layer.
  69. 一种源网络设备,包括:A source network device, including:
    第三处理单元,选择切换目标网络设备;The third processing unit selects the switching target network device;
    第三通信单元,向目标网络设备发送切换请求;接收目标网络设备反馈的切换请求确认信息;向所述目标网络设备发送第二信息;其中,所述第二信息用于辅助目标网络设备确定所述目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长、与UE所确定的目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长一致。The third communication unit sends a handover request to the target network device; receives the handover request confirmation information fed back by the target network device; sends second information to the target network device; wherein the second information is used to assist the target network device in determining the location The effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device is consistent with the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device determined by the UE.
  70. 根据权利要求69所述的源网络设备,其中,第三通信单元,向UE发送切换命令;The source network device according to claim 69, wherein the third communication unit sends a handover command to the UE;
    或者,向UE成功发送切换命令;Or, successfully sending a handover command to the UE;
    或者,收到UE对切换命令成功接收的指示。Or, an indication that the UE has successfully received the handover command is received.
  71. 根据权利要求69所述的源网络设备,其中,所述第二信息,包括以下至少之一:The source network device according to claim 69, wherein the second information includes at least one of the following:
    向目标网络设备指示源网络设备向UE发的切换命令发送成功;Instruct the target network device that the handover command sent by the source network device to the UE is successfully sent;
    向目标网络设备指示源网络设备已发送切换命令;Instruct the target network device that the source network device has sent a handover command;
    向目标网络设备指示资源维护行为/状态重置;Instruct the resource maintenance behavior/status reset to the target network device;
    向目标网络设备指示第一定时器重启;Instruct the target network device to restart the first timer;
    向目标网络设备指示第二时长。Indicate the second duration to the target network device.
  72. 根据权利要求69所述的源网络设备,其中,所述UE相关信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE的上下文内容,预留资源/配置,RA资源,承载对应的配置,QoS参数,业务类型信息。The source network device according to claim 69, wherein the UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: contextual content of the UE, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS parameters, services Type information.
  73. 根据权利要求69所述的源网络设备,其中,所述第三通信单元,向UE发送切换命令;The source network device according to claim 69, wherein the third communication unit sends a handover command to the UE;
    其中,所述切换命令携带至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源,或者,所述切换命令携带至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源以及每套基于非竞争的随机接入资源的优先级。Wherein, the handover command carries at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources, or the handover command carries at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources and the priority of each set of non-competition-based random access resources. level.
  74. 根据权利要求73所述的源网络设备,其中,不同的基于非竞争的随机接入资源的以下信息中至少之一不同:The source network device according to claim 73, wherein at least one of the following information of different non-competition-based random access resources is different:
    资源有效起始之间不同,PRACH时机标识不同,PRACH资源时域/频域位置间隔不同,前导序列参数不同,前导序列标识不同。The effective start of the resource is different, the PRACH timing identifier is different, the time domain/frequency domain position interval of the PRACH resource is different, the preamble sequence parameter is different, and the preamble sequence identifier is different.
  75. 一种目标网络设备,包括:A target network device, including:
    第四通信单元,接收源网络设备发送的切换请求;The fourth communication unit receives the handover request sent by the source network device;
    向所述源网络设备发送切换请求确认信息;Sending handover request confirmation information to the source network device;
    接收所述源网络设备发送的第二信息;其中,所述第二信息用于辅助目标网络设备确定所述目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长、与UE所确定的目标网络设备保存的UE相关信息的有效时长一致。Receiving second information sent by the source network device; where the second information is used to assist the target network device in determining the effective duration of the UE-related information stored by the target network device, and the information stored in the target network device determined by the UE The valid duration of UE-related information is consistent.
  76. 根据权利要求75所述的目标网络设备,其中,所述第二信息,包括以下至少之一:The target network device according to claim 75, wherein the second information includes at least one of the following:
    源网络设备向UE发的切换命令发送成功的指示;An indication that the handover command sent by the source network device to the UE is successfully sent;
    源网络设备已发送切换命令的指示;An indication that the source network device has sent a handover command;
    资源维护行为/状态重置的指示;Resource maintenance actions/state reset instructions;
    第一定时器重启的指示;An indication that the first timer is restarted;
    第二时长的指示。Instructions for the second duration.
  77. 根据权利要求75所述的目标网络设备,其中,所述UE相关信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE的上下文内容,预留资源/配置,RA资源,承载对应的配置,QoS参数,业务类型信息。The target network device according to claim 75, wherein the UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: contextual content of the UE, reserved resources/configuration, RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, QoS parameters, services Type information.
  78. 根据权利要求75所述的目标网络设备,其中,所述第四通信单元,The target network device according to claim 75, wherein the fourth communication unit,
    向源网络设备发送至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源,或者,Send at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources to the source network device, or,
    向源网络设备发送至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源以及每套基于非竞争的随机接入资源的优先级。Send at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources and the priority of each set of non-competition-based random access resources to the source network device.
  79. 一种切换处理方法,应用于目标网络设备,包括:A handover processing method, applied to a target network device, includes:
    将第一信息发送至源网络设备;Sending the first information to the source network device;
    其中,所述第一信息至少用于辅助UE确定UE侧和网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者用于确定UE相关信息的有效时长。Wherein, the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
  80. 根据权利要求79所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 79, wherein the method further comprises:
    向源网络设备发送切换请求确认信息,所述切换请求确认信息中携带所述第一信息。Sending handover request confirmation information to the source network device, where the handover request confirmation information carries the first information.
  81. 根据权利要求79或80所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 79 or 80, wherein the first information includes at least one of the following:
    UE相关信息有效存留的终止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备之间的时间差信息,第一定时器的开启的时刻,第一定时器的时长。The termination time of the effective retention of UE-related information, the time period during which UE-related information is effectively retained, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, the time when the first timer is started, and the duration of the first timer.
  82. 根据权利要求81所述的方法,其中,所述UE相关信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE的上下文内容,预留资源/配置,随机接入RA资源,承载对应的配置,服务质量QoS参数,业务类型信息。The method according to claim 81, wherein the UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: contextual content of the UE, reserved resources/configuration, random access to RA resources, corresponding bearer configuration, quality of service (QoS) Parameters, business type information.
  83. 根据权利要求81所述的方法,其中,所述第一定时器,用于维护所述UE相关信息在候选目标网络设备侧保存的有效时长。The method according to claim 81, wherein the first timer is used to maintain the effective duration of the UE-related information stored on the candidate target network device side.
  84. 根据权利要求83所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 83, wherein the method further comprises:
    满足第二预设条件时,开启第一定时器;When the second preset condition is met, start the first timer;
    其中,第二预设条件,包括以下至少之一:Wherein, the second preset condition includes at least one of the following:
    目标网络设备发送切换请求确认信息;接收源网络设备发送的指示开启第一定时器的消息;收到第二信息。The target network device sends a handover request confirmation message; receives a message sent by the source network device indicating to start the first timer; and receives the second message.
  85. 根据权利要求79所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 79, wherein the method further comprises:
    向源网络设备发送至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源,或者,Send at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources to the source network device, or,
    向源网络设备发送至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源以及每套基于非竞争的随机接入资源的优先级。Send at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources and the priority of each set of non-competition-based random access resources to the source network device.
  86. 一种目标网络设备,包括:A target network device, including:
    第五通信单元,将第一信息发送至源网络设备;The fifth communication unit sends the first information to the source network device;
    其中,所述第一信息至少用于辅助UE确定UE侧和网络侧的UE相关信息的有效时长一致,或者用于确定UE相关信息的有效时长。Wherein, the first information is at least used to assist the UE in determining that the effective duration of UE-related information on the UE side and the network side are consistent, or used to determine the effective duration of UE-related information.
  87. 根据权利要求86所述的目标网络设备,其中,所述第五通信单元,向源网络设备发送切换请求确认信息,所述切换请求确认信息中携带所述第一信息。The target network device according to claim 86, wherein the fifth communication unit sends handover request confirmation information to the source network device, and the handover request confirmation information carries the first information.
  88. 根据权利要求86或87所述的目标网络设备,其中,所述第一信息包括以下至少之一:The target network device according to claim 86 or 87, wherein the first information includes at least one of the following:
    UE相关信息有效存留的终止时间,UE相关信息有效存留的时间段,目标网络设备和源网络设备之间的时间差信息,第一定时器的开启的时刻,第一定时器的时长。The termination time of the effective retention of UE-related information, the time period during which UE-related information is effectively retained, the time difference information between the target network device and the source network device, the time when the first timer is started, and the duration of the first timer.
  89. 根据权利要求88所述的目标网络设备,其中,所述UE相关信息包括但不限于以下至少之一:UE的上下文内容,预留资源/配置,随机接入RA资源,承载对应的 配置,服务质量QoS参数,业务类型信息。The target network device according to claim 88, wherein the UE-related information includes but is not limited to at least one of the following: contextual content of the UE, reserved resources/configuration, random access to RA resources, bearer corresponding configuration, service Quality QoS parameters, service type information.
  90. 根据权利要求88所述的目标网络设备,其中,所述第一定时器,用于维护所述UE相关信息在候选目标网络设备侧保存的有效时长。The target network device according to claim 88, wherein the first timer is used to maintain the effective duration of the UE-related information stored on the candidate target network device side.
  91. 根据权利要求90所述的目标网络设备,其中,所述目标网络设备还包括:The target network device according to claim 90, wherein the target network device further comprises:
    第五处理单元,满足第二预设条件时,开启第一定时器;The fifth processing unit starts the first timer when the second preset condition is met;
    其中,第二预设条件,包括以下至少之一:Wherein, the second preset condition includes at least one of the following:
    目标网络设备发送切换请求确认信息;接收源网络设备发送的指示开启第一定时器的消息;收到第二信息。The target network device sends a handover request confirmation message; receives a message sent by the source network device indicating to start the first timer; and receives the second message.
  92. 根据权利要求86所述的目标网络设备,其中,所述第五通信单元,The target network device according to claim 86, wherein the fifth communication unit,
    向源网络设备发送至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源,或者,Send at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources to the source network device, or,
    向源网络设备发送至少一套基于非竞争的随机接入资源以及每套基于非竞争的随机接入资源的优先级。Send at least one set of non-competition-based random access resources and the priority of each set of non-competition-based random access resources to the source network device.
  93. 一种终端设备,包括:处理器和用于存储能够在处理器上运行的计算机程序的存储器,A terminal device, including: a processor and a memory for storing a computer program that can run on the processor,
    其中,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于调用并运行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行如权利要求14-29任一项所述方法的步骤。Wherein, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the steps of the method according to any one of claims 14-29.
  94. 一种网络设备,包括:处理器和用于存储能够在处理器上运行的计算机程序的存储器,A network device including: a processor and a memory for storing a computer program that can run on the processor,
    其中,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于调用并运行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行如权利要求1-13、30-39、79-85任一项所述方法的步骤。Wherein, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the steps of the method according to any one of claims 1-13, 30-39, and 79-85 .
  95. 一种芯片,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如权利要求14-29中任一项所述的方法。A chip comprising: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device installed with the chip executes the method according to any one of claims 14-29.
  96. 一种芯片,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如权利要求1-13、30-39、79-85中任一项所述的方法。A chip, comprising: a processor, used to call and run a computer program from a memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes the device described in any one of claims 1-13, 30-39, and 79-85 method.
  97. 一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1-39、79-85任一项所述方法的步骤。A computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program that enables a computer to execute the steps of the method according to any one of claims 1-39 and 79-85.
  98. 一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令,该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行如权利要求1-39、79-85中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, comprising computer program instructions that cause a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-39 and 79-85.
  99. 一种计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1-39、79-85中任一项所述的方法。A computer program that causes a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-39 and 79-85.
PCT/CN2019/080648 2019-03-29 2019-03-29 Handoff processing method, user equipment, and network device WO2020199026A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201980064887.1A CN112806061B (en) 2019-03-29 2019-03-29 Switching processing method, user equipment and network equipment
PCT/CN2019/080648 WO2020199026A1 (en) 2019-03-29 2019-03-29 Handoff processing method, user equipment, and network device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2019/080648 WO2020199026A1 (en) 2019-03-29 2019-03-29 Handoff processing method, user equipment, and network device

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020199026A1 true WO2020199026A1 (en) 2020-10-08
WO2020199026A9 WO2020199026A9 (en) 2021-04-22

Family

ID=72664810

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/080648 WO2020199026A1 (en) 2019-03-29 2019-03-29 Handoff processing method, user equipment, and network device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN112806061B (en)
WO (1) WO2020199026A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101500282A (en) * 2008-02-01 2009-08-05 华为技术有限公司 Method, base station and terminal for indicating validity of system information
CN105307220A (en) * 2014-07-15 2016-02-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 D2D service switch implementation method and device
WO2018175819A1 (en) * 2017-03-23 2018-09-27 Intel IP Corporation Enhanced conditional handover
CN108632815A (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-10-09 华为技术有限公司 Communication means and equipment
CN108809596A (en) * 2017-05-05 2018-11-13 华为技术有限公司 A kind of communication means and device based on reversion service flow properties

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101572920A (en) * 2008-04-28 2009-11-04 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for improving service efficiency of special leader sequence and terminal switching method
CN113301618B (en) * 2017-03-24 2022-10-04 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, network equipment and terminal
US11039357B2 (en) * 2017-05-19 2021-06-15 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Handover method in mobile communication system
EP3639560A4 (en) * 2017-06-15 2021-02-24 LG Electronics Inc. Method for performing a handover procedure in a wireless communication system and a device therefor

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101500282A (en) * 2008-02-01 2009-08-05 华为技术有限公司 Method, base station and terminal for indicating validity of system information
CN105307220A (en) * 2014-07-15 2016-02-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 D2D service switch implementation method and device
WO2018175819A1 (en) * 2017-03-23 2018-09-27 Intel IP Corporation Enhanced conditional handover
CN108632815A (en) * 2017-03-24 2018-10-09 华为技术有限公司 Communication means and equipment
CN108809596A (en) * 2017-05-05 2018-11-13 华为技术有限公司 A kind of communication means and device based on reversion service flow properties

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
INTEL CORPORATION: ""Single Connected Handover in NR"", 3GPP TSG RAN WG2 MEETING #96 R2-168513, 5 November 2016 (2016-11-05), XP051193066 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2020199026A9 (en) 2021-04-22
CN112806061A (en) 2021-05-14
CN112806061B (en) 2023-11-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20210378021A1 (en) Random Access Method And Apparatus
CN113271638B (en) Cell switching method, device, network equipment, terminal equipment and storage medium
WO2020155070A1 (en) Network device handover method and terminal device
WO2020107416A1 (en) Random access process selection method and apparatus, chip, and computer program
US11825519B2 (en) Random access method, terminal device, network device, and storage medium
WO2020025023A1 (en) Random access method, terminal device and network device
WO2020087369A1 (en) Counting method, terminal device, and apparatus
EP3565366B1 (en) Method for random access, and terminal device and network device
WO2021087929A1 (en) Random access method and apparatus
WO2020024616A1 (en) Random access method and related device
WO2020191599A1 (en) Communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2020087476A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting system information
WO2021092776A1 (en) Discontinuous reception processing method, and terminal device
WO2020215330A1 (en) Data transmission method in random access process, terminal device, and network device
WO2020206643A1 (en) Random access method, device, and storage medium
WO2020181475A1 (en) Method and device for bwp switching
WO2020199003A1 (en) Switching method and apparatus, terminal and network device
WO2020199026A1 (en) Handoff processing method, user equipment, and network device
CN112970319A (en) Message retransmission method, device and storage medium
WO2021223191A1 (en) Information sending method, information receiving method, terminal and network device
WO2020191556A1 (en) Handover processing method, terminal device and network device
WO2020061962A1 (en) Handover timing method, terminal device and network device
WO2020227907A1 (en) Resource determination method and apparatus, and terminal
WO2020191554A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2022155961A1 (en) Method and apparatus for configuring timers and performing data transmission in a sdt procedure

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19923493

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19923493

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1